diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'docs/htmldocs/smb.conf.5.html')
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/htmldocs/smb.conf.5.html | 9150 |
1 files changed, 5167 insertions, 3983 deletions
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smb.conf.5.html b/docs/htmldocs/smb.conf.5.html index 6ebe2fc002..4f02951a9c 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/smb.conf.5.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/smb.conf.5.html @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >smb.conf</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.7"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.76b+ +"></HEAD ><BODY CLASS="REFENTRY" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" @@ -15,9 +16,7 @@ VLINK="#840084" ALINK="#0000FF" ><H1 ><A -NAME="SMB.CONF.5" -></A ->smb.conf</H1 +NAME="SMB.CONF">smb.conf</H1 ><DIV CLASS="REFNAMEDIV" ><A @@ -37,29 +36,31 @@ NAME="AEN8" >The <TT CLASS="FILENAME" >smb.conf</TT -> file is a configuration +> file is a configuration file for the Samba suite. <TT CLASS="FILENAME" >smb.conf</TT -> contains - runtime configuration information for the Samba programs. The <TT +> contains + runtime configuration information for the Samba programs. The + <TT CLASS="FILENAME" >smb.conf</TT -> file - is designed to be configured and administered by the <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->swat</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN -> program. The complete - description of the file format and possible parameters held within - are here for reference purposes.</P +> file is designed to be configured and + administered by the <A +HREF="swat.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +><B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>swat(8)</B +> + </A +> program. The complete description of the file format and + possible parameters held within are here for reference purposes.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN17" +NAME="AEN16" ></A ><H2 >FILE FORMAT</H2 @@ -69,13 +70,17 @@ NAME="AEN17" until the next section begins. Sections contain parameters of the form</P ><P -><VAR +><TT CLASS="REPLACEABLE" ->name</VAR -> = <VAR +><I +>name</I +></TT +> = <TT CLASS="REPLACEABLE" +><I >value - </VAR + </I +></TT ></P ><P >The file is line-based - that is, each newline-terminated @@ -105,7 +110,7 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN29" +NAME="AEN28" ></A ><H2 >SECTION DESCRIPTIONS</H2 @@ -118,12 +123,9 @@ NAME="AEN29" ><P >There are three special sections, [global], [homes] and [printers], which are - described under <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + described under <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >special sections</I -></SPAN >. The following notes apply to ordinary section descriptions.</P ><P @@ -137,20 +139,14 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" printable services (used by the client to access print services on the host running the server).</P ><P ->Sections may be designated <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Sections may be designated <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >guest</I -></SPAN > services, in which case no password is required to access them. A specified - UNIX <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + UNIX <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >guest account</I -></SPAN > is used to define access privileges in this case.</P ><P @@ -172,49 +168,68 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" >/home/bar</TT >. The share is accessed via the share name "foo":</P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="SCREEN" -><SAMP +> <TT CLASS="COMPUTEROUTPUT" ->[foo] - path = /home/bar - read only = no</SAMP -></PRE +> [foo] + path = /home/bar + read only = no + </TT +> + </PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ><P >The following sample section defines a printable share. The share is readonly, but printable. That is, the only write access permitted is via calls to open, write to and close a - spool file. The <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + spool file. The <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >guest ok</I -></SPAN > parameter means access will be permitted as the default guest user (specified elsewhere):</P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="SCREEN" -><SAMP +> <TT CLASS="COMPUTEROUTPUT" ->[aprinter] - path = /usr/spool/public - read only = yes - printable = yes - guest ok = yes</SAMP -></PRE +> [aprinter] + path = /usr/spool/public + read only = yes + printable = yes + guest ok = yes + </TT +> + </PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN49" +NAME="AEN48" ></A ><H2 >SPECIAL SECTIONS</H2 ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN51" +NAME="AEN50" ></A ><H3 >The [global] section</H3 @@ -227,7 +242,7 @@ NAME="AEN51" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN54" +NAME="AEN53" ></A ><H3 >The [homes] section</H3 @@ -260,19 +275,18 @@ NAME="AEN54" ></LI ></UL ><P ->If you decide to use a <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>If you decide to use a <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >path =</I -></SPAN > line in your [homes] section then you may find it useful to use the %S macro. For example :</P ><P -><KBD +><TT CLASS="USERINPUT" ->path = /data/pchome/%S</KBD +><B +>path = /data/pchome/%S</B +></TT ></P ><P >would be useful if you have different home directories @@ -292,48 +306,47 @@ CLASS="USERINPUT" a normal service section can specify, though some make more sense than others. The following is a typical and suitable [homes] section:</P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="SCREEN" -><SAMP +> <TT CLASS="COMPUTEROUTPUT" ->[homes] - read only = no</SAMP -></PRE +> [homes] + read only = no + </TT +> + </PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ><P >An important point is that if guest access is specified in the [homes] section, all home directories will be - visible to all clients <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + visible to all clients <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >without a password</I -></SPAN >. In the very unlikely event that this is actually desirable, it - would be wise to also specify <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + would be wise to also specify <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >read only access</I -></SPAN >.</P ><P ->Note that the <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Note that the <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >browseable</I -></SPAN > flag for auto home directories will be inherited from the global browseable flag, not the [homes] browseable flag. This is useful as - it means setting <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + it means setting <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >browseable = no</I -></SPAN > in the [homes] section will hide the [homes] share but make any auto home directories visible.</P @@ -341,7 +354,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN80" +NAME="AEN79" ></A ><H3 >The [printers] section</H3 @@ -393,27 +406,48 @@ NAME="AEN80" world-writeable spool directory with the sticky bit set on it. A typical [printers] entry would look like this:</P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="SCREEN" -><SAMP +><TT CLASS="COMPUTEROUTPUT" ->[printers] - path = /usr/spool/public - guest ok = yes - printable = yes </SAMP +> [printers] + path = /usr/spool/public + guest ok = yes + printable = yes + </TT ></PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ><P >All aliases given for a printer in the printcap file are legitimate printer names as far as the server is concerned. If your printing subsystem doesn't work like that, you will have to set up a pseudo-printcap. This is a file consisting of one or more lines like this:</P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="SCREEN" -><SAMP +> <TT CLASS="COMPUTEROUTPUT" ->alias|alias|alias|alias... </SAMP -></PRE +> alias|alias|alias|alias... + </TT +> + </PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ><P >Each alias should be an acceptable printer name for your printing subsystem. In the [global] section, specify @@ -426,42 +460,18 @@ CLASS="COMPUTEROUTPUT" first entry of a printcap record. Records are separated by newlines, components (if there are more than one) are separated by vertical bar symbols ('|').</P -><DIV -CLASS="NOTE" ><P -></P -><TABLE -CLASS="NOTE" -WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="25" -ALIGN="CENTER" -VALIGN="TOP" -><IMG -SRC="/usr/share/sgml/docbook/stylesheet/dsssl/modular/images/note.gif" -HSPACE="5" -ALT="Note"></TD -><TD -ALIGN="LEFT" -VALIGN="TOP" -><P ->On SYSV systems which use lpstat to determine what +>NOTE: On SYSV systems which use lpstat to determine what printers are defined on the system you may be able to use "printcap name = lpstat" to automatically obtain a list of printers. See the "printcap name" option for more details.</P -></TD -></TR -></TABLE -></DIV ></DIV ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN104" +NAME="AEN102" ></A ><H2 >PARAMETERS</H2 @@ -469,44 +479,29 @@ NAME="AEN104" >parameters define the specific attributes of sections.</P ><P >Some parameters are specific to the [global] section - (e.g., <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + (e.g., <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >security</I -></SPAN >). Some parameters are usable - in all sections (e.g., <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + in all sections (e.g., <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >create mode</I -></SPAN >). All others are permissible only in normal sections. For the purposes of the following descriptions the [homes] and [printers] - sections will be considered normal. The letter <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + sections will be considered normal. The letter <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >G</I -></SPAN > in parentheses indicates that a parameter is specific to the - [global] section. The letter <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + [global] section. The letter <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >S</I -></SPAN > indicates that a parameter can be specified in a service specific - section. Note that all <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + section. Note that all <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >S</I -></SPAN > parameters can also be specified in the [global] section - in which case they will define the default behavior for all services.</P @@ -519,7 +514,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN114" +NAME="AEN112" ></A ><H2 >VARIABLE SUBSTITUTIONS</H2 @@ -632,16 +627,20 @@ TARGET="_top" >Name of the domain or workgroup of the current user.</P ></DD ><DT ->%$(<VAR +>%$(<TT CLASS="REPLACEABLE" ->envvar</VAR +><I +>envvar</I +></TT >)</DT ><DD ><P >The value of the environment variable - <VAR + <TT CLASS="REPLACEABLE" ->envar</VAR +><I +>envar</I +></TT >.</P ></DD ></DL @@ -692,12 +691,9 @@ CLASS="VARIABLELIST" ><P >the name of your NIS home directory server. This is obtained from your NIS auto.map entry. If you have - not compiled Samba with the <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + not compiled Samba with the <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >--with-automount</I -></SPAN > option then this value will be the same as %L.</P ></DD @@ -718,7 +714,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN207" +NAME="AEN205" ></A ><H2 >NAME MANGLING</H2 @@ -747,12 +743,9 @@ CLASS="VARIABLELIST" > controls if names that have characters that aren't of the "default" case are mangled. For example, if this is yes then a name like "Mail" would be mangled. - Default <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + Default <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >no</I -></SPAN >.</P ></DD ><DT @@ -761,12 +754,9 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" ><P >controls whether filenames are case sensitive. If they aren't then Samba must do a filename search and match on passed - names. Default <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + names. Default <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >no</I -></SPAN >.</P ></DD ><DT @@ -774,12 +764,9 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" ><DD ><P >controls what the default case is for new - filenames. Default <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + filenames. Default <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >lower</I -></SPAN >.</P ></DD ><DT @@ -788,12 +775,9 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" ><P >controls if new files are created with the case that the client passes, or if they are forced to be the - "default" case. Default <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + "default" case. Default <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >yes</I -></SPAN >. </P ></DD @@ -806,12 +790,9 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" upper case, or if they are forced to be the "default" case. This option can be use with "preserve case = yes" to permit long filenames to retain their case, while short names - are lowercased. Default <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + are lowercased. Default <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >yes</I -></SPAN >.</P ></DD ></DL @@ -823,7 +804,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN240" +NAME="AEN238" ></A ><H2 >NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</H2 @@ -847,9 +828,11 @@ TYPE="1" pair and that username/password pair is validated by the UNIX system's password programs then the connection is made as that username. Note that this includes the - \\server\service%<VAR + \\server\service%<TT CLASS="REPLACEABLE" ->username</VAR +><I +>username</I +></TT > method of passing a username.</P ></LI @@ -899,7 +882,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN259" +NAME="AEN257" ></A ><H2 >COMPLETE LIST OF GLOBAL PARAMETERS</H2 @@ -913,9 +896,11 @@ NAME="AEN259" ><P ><A HREF="#ABORTSHUTDOWNSCRIPT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->abort shutdown script</VAR +><I +>abort shutdown script</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -923,9 +908,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#ADDGROUPSCRIPT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->add group script</VAR +><I +>add group script</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -933,9 +920,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#ADDPRINTERCOMMAND" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->addprinter command</VAR +><I +>addprinter command</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -943,9 +932,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#ADDSHARECOMMAND" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->add share command</VAR +><I +>add share command</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -953,9 +944,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#ADDUSERSCRIPT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->add user script</VAR +><I +>add user script</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -963,9 +956,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#ADDUSERTOGROUPSCRIPT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->add user to group script</VAR +><I +>add user to group script</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -973,9 +968,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#ADDMACHINESCRIPT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->add machine script</VAR +><I +>add machine script</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -983,9 +980,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#DELETEGROUPSCRIPT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->delete group script</VAR +><I +>delete group script</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -993,9 +992,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#ADSSERVER" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->ads server</VAR +><I +>ads server</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1003,9 +1004,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#ALGORITHMICRIDBASE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->algorithmic rid base</VAR +><I +>algorithmic rid base</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1013,9 +1016,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#ALLOWTRUSTEDDOMAINS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->allow trusted domains</VAR +><I +>allow trusted domains</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1023,9 +1028,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#ANNOUNCEAS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->announce as</VAR +><I +>announce as</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1033,9 +1040,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#ANNOUNCEVERSION" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->announce version</VAR +><I +>announce version</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1043,9 +1052,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#AUTHMETHODS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->auth methods</VAR +><I +>auth methods</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1053,9 +1064,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#AUTOSERVICES" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->auto services</VAR +><I +>auto services</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1063,9 +1076,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#BINDINTERFACESONLY" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->bind interfaces only</VAR +><I +>bind interfaces only</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1073,9 +1088,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#BROWSELIST" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->browse list</VAR +><I +>browse list</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1083,9 +1100,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#CHANGENOTIFYTIMEOUT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->change notify timeout</VAR +><I +>change notify timeout</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1093,9 +1112,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#CHANGESHARECOMMAND" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->change share command</VAR +><I +>change share command</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1103,9 +1124,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#CONFIGFILE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->config file</VAR +><I +>config file</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1113,9 +1136,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#DEADTIME" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->deadtime</VAR +><I +>deadtime</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1123,9 +1148,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#DEBUGHIRESTIMESTAMP" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->debug hires timestamp</VAR +><I +>debug hires timestamp</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1133,9 +1160,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#DEBUGPID" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->debug pid</VAR +><I +>debug pid</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1143,9 +1172,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->debug timestamp</VAR +><I +>debug timestamp</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1153,9 +1184,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#DEBUGUID" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->debug uid</VAR +><I +>debug uid</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1163,9 +1196,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#DEBUGLEVEL" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->debuglevel</VAR +><I +>debuglevel</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1173,9 +1208,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#DEFAULT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->default</VAR +><I +>default</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1183,9 +1220,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#DEFAULTSERVICE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->default service</VAR +><I +>default service</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1193,9 +1232,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->deleteprinter command</VAR +><I +>deleteprinter command</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1203,9 +1244,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#DELETESHARECOMMAND" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->delete share command</VAR +><I +>delete share command</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1213,9 +1256,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#DELETEUSERSCRIPT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->delete user script</VAR +><I +>delete user script</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1223,9 +1268,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#DELETEUSERFROMGROUPSCRIPT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->delete user from group script</VAR +><I +>delete user from group script</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1233,9 +1280,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#DFREECOMMAND" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->dfree command</VAR +><I +>dfree command</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1243,9 +1292,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#DISABLENETBIOS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->disable netbios</VAR +><I +>disable netbios</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1253,9 +1304,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#DISABLESPOOLSS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->disable spoolss</VAR +><I +>disable spoolss</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1263,9 +1316,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#DISPLAYCHARSET" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->display charset</VAR +><I +>display charset</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1273,9 +1328,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#DNSPROXY" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->dns proxy</VAR +><I +>dns proxy</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1283,9 +1340,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#DOMAINLOGONS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->domain logons</VAR +><I +>domain logons</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1293,9 +1352,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#DOMAINMASTER" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->domain master</VAR +><I +>domain master</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1303,9 +1364,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#DOSCHARSET" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->dos charset</VAR +><I +>dos charset</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1313,9 +1376,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->encrypt passwords</VAR +><I +>encrypt passwords</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1323,9 +1388,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#ENHANCEDBROWSING" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->enhanced browsing</VAR +><I +>enhanced browsing</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1333,9 +1400,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#ENUMPORTSCOMMAND" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->enumports command</VAR +><I +>enumports command</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1343,9 +1412,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#GETWDCACHE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->getwd cache</VAR +><I +>getwd cache</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1353,9 +1424,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#HIDELOCALUSERS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->hide local users</VAR +><I +>hide local users</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1363,9 +1436,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#HIDEUNREADABLE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->hide unreadable</VAR +><I +>hide unreadable</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1373,9 +1448,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#HIDEUNWRITEABLEFILES" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->hide unwriteable files</VAR +><I +>hide unwriteable files</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1383,9 +1460,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#HIDESPECIALFILES" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->hide special files</VAR +><I +>hide special files</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1393,9 +1472,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#HOMEDIRMAP" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->homedir map</VAR +><I +>homedir map</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1403,9 +1484,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#HOSTMSDFS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->host msdfs</VAR +><I +>host msdfs</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1413,9 +1496,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#HOSTNAMELOOKUPS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->hostname lookups</VAR +><I +>hostname lookups</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1423,9 +1508,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#HOSTSEQUIV" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->hosts equiv</VAR +><I +>hosts equiv</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1433,9 +1520,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#INTERFACES" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->interfaces</VAR +><I +>interfaces</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1443,9 +1532,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#KEEPALIVE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->keepalive</VAR +><I +>keepalive</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1453,9 +1544,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#KERNELOPLOCKS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->kernel oplocks</VAR +><I +>kernel oplocks</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1463,9 +1556,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#LANMANAUTH" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->lanman auth</VAR +><I +>lanman auth</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1473,9 +1568,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#LARGEREADWRITE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->large readwrite</VAR +><I +>large readwrite</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1483,9 +1580,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#LDAPADMINDN" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->ldap admin dn</VAR +><I +>ldap admin dn</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1493,9 +1592,23 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#LDAPDELETEDN" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->ldap delete dn</VAR +><I +>ldap delete dn</I +></TT +></A +></P +></LI +><LI +><P +><A +HREF="#LDAPDELONLYSAMATTR" +><TT +CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I +>ldap del only sam attr</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1503,9 +1616,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#LDAPFILTER" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->ldap filter</VAR +><I +>ldap filter</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1513,9 +1628,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#LDAPPORT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->ldap port</VAR +><I +>ldap port</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1523,9 +1640,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#LDAPSERVER" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->ldap server</VAR +><I +>ldap server</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1533,9 +1652,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#LDAPSSL" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->ldap ssl</VAR +><I +>ldap ssl</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1543,9 +1664,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#LDAPSUFFIX" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->ldap suffix</VAR +><I +>ldap suffix</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1553,9 +1676,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#LDAPUSERSUFFIX" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->ldap user suffix</VAR +><I +>ldap user suffix</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1563,9 +1688,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#LDAPMACHINESUFFIX" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->ldap machine suffix</VAR +><I +>ldap machine suffix</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1573,9 +1700,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#LDAPPASSWDSYNC" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->ldap passwd sync</VAR +><I +>ldap passwd sync</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1583,9 +1712,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#LDAPTRUSTIDS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->ldap trust ids</VAR +><I +>ldap trust ids</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1593,9 +1724,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#LMANNOUNCE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->lm announce</VAR +><I +>lm announce</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1603,9 +1736,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#LMINTERVAL" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->lm interval</VAR +><I +>lm interval</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1613,9 +1748,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#LOADPRINTERS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->load printers</VAR +><I +>load printers</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1623,9 +1760,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#LOCALMASTER" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->local master</VAR +><I +>local master</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1633,9 +1772,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#LOCKDIR" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->lock dir</VAR +><I +>lock dir</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1643,9 +1784,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#LOCKDIRECTORY" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->lock directory</VAR +><I +>lock directory</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1653,9 +1796,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#LOCKSPINCOUNT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->lock spin count</VAR +><I +>lock spin count</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1663,9 +1808,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#LOCKSPINTIME" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->lock spin time</VAR +><I +>lock spin time</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1673,9 +1820,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#PIDDIRECTORY" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->pid directory</VAR +><I +>pid directory</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1683,9 +1832,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#LOGFILE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->log file</VAR +><I +>log file</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1693,9 +1844,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#LOGLEVEL" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->log level</VAR +><I +>log level</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1703,9 +1856,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#LOGONDRIVE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->logon drive</VAR +><I +>logon drive</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1713,9 +1868,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#LOGONHOME" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->logon home</VAR +><I +>logon home</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1723,9 +1880,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#LOGONPATH" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->logon path</VAR +><I +>logon path</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1733,9 +1892,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#LOGONSCRIPT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->logon script</VAR +><I +>logon script</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1743,9 +1904,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#LPQCACHETIME" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->lpq cache time</VAR +><I +>lpq cache time</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1753,19 +1916,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#MACHINEPASSWORDTIMEOUT" -><VAR -CLASS="PARAMETER" ->machine password timeout</VAR -></A -></P -></LI -><LI -><P -><A -HREF="#MANGLEPREFIX" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->mangle prefix</VAR +><I +>machine password timeout</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1773,9 +1928,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#MANGLEDSTACK" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->mangled stack</VAR +><I +>mangled stack</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1783,9 +1940,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#MAPTOGUEST" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->map to guest</VAR +><I +>map to guest</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1793,9 +1952,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#MAXDISKSIZE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->max disk size</VAR +><I +>max disk size</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1803,9 +1964,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#MAXLOGSIZE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->max log size</VAR +><I +>max log size</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1813,9 +1976,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#MAXMUX" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->max mux</VAR +><I +>max mux</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1823,9 +1988,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#MAXOPENFILES" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->max open files</VAR +><I +>max open files</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1833,9 +2000,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#MAXPROTOCOL" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->max protocol</VAR +><I +>max protocol</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1843,9 +2012,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#MAXSMBDPROCESSES" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->max smbd processes</VAR +><I +>max smbd processes</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1853,9 +2024,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#MAXTTL" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->max ttl</VAR +><I +>max ttl</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1863,9 +2036,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#MAXWINSTTL" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->max wins ttl</VAR +><I +>max wins ttl</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1873,9 +2048,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#MAXXMIT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->max xmit</VAR +><I +>max xmit</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1883,9 +2060,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#MESSAGECOMMAND" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->message command</VAR +><I +>message command</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1893,9 +2072,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#MINPASSWDLENGTH" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->min passwd length</VAR +><I +>min passwd length</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1903,9 +2084,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#MINPASSWORDLENGTH" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->min password length</VAR +><I +>min password length</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1913,9 +2096,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#MINPROTOCOL" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->min protocol</VAR +><I +>min protocol</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1923,9 +2108,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#MINWINSTTL" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->min wins ttl</VAR +><I +>min wins ttl</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1933,9 +2120,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#NAMECACHETIMEOUT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->name cache timeout</VAR +><I +>name cache timeout</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1943,9 +2132,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#NAMERESOLVEORDER" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->name resolve order</VAR +><I +>name resolve order</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1953,9 +2144,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#NETBIOSALIASES" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->netbios aliases</VAR +><I +>netbios aliases</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1963,9 +2156,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#NETBIOSNAME" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->netbios name</VAR +><I +>netbios name</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1973,9 +2168,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#NETBIOSSCOPE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->netbios scope</VAR +><I +>netbios scope</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1983,9 +2180,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#NISHOMEDIR" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->nis homedir</VAR +><I +>nis homedir</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -1993,9 +2192,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#NTLMAUTH" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->ntlm auth</VAR +><I +>ntlm auth</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2003,9 +2204,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#NONUNIXACCOUNTRANGE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->non unix account range</VAR +><I +>non unix account range</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2013,9 +2216,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#NTPIPESUPPORT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->nt pipe support</VAR +><I +>nt pipe support</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2023,9 +2228,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#NTSTATUSSUPPORT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->nt status support</VAR +><I +>nt status support</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2033,9 +2240,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#NULLPASSWORDS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->null passwords</VAR +><I +>null passwords</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2043,9 +2252,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->obey pam restrictions</VAR +><I +>obey pam restrictions</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2053,9 +2264,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#OPLOCKBREAKWAITTIME" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->oplock break wait time</VAR +><I +>oplock break wait time</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2063,9 +2276,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#OSLEVEL" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->os level</VAR +><I +>os level</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2073,9 +2288,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#OS2DRIVERMAP" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->os2 driver map</VAR +><I +>os2 driver map</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2083,9 +2300,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->pam password change</VAR +><I +>pam password change</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2093,9 +2312,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#PANICACTION" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->panic action</VAR +><I +>panic action</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2103,9 +2324,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#PARANOIDSERVERSECURITY" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->paranoid server security</VAR +><I +>paranoid server security</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2113,9 +2336,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#PASSDBBACKEND" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->passdb backend</VAR +><I +>passdb backend</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2123,9 +2348,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#PASSWDCHAT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->passwd chat</VAR +><I +>passwd chat</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2133,9 +2360,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#PASSWDCHATDEBUG" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->passwd chat debug</VAR +><I +>passwd chat debug</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2143,9 +2372,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#PASSWDPROGRAM" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->passwd program</VAR +><I +>passwd program</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2153,9 +2384,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#PASSWORDLEVEL" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->password level</VAR +><I +>password level</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2163,9 +2396,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#PASSWORDSERVER" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->password server</VAR +><I +>password server</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2173,9 +2408,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#PREFEREDMASTER" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->prefered master</VAR +><I +>prefered master</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2183,9 +2420,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#PREFERREDMASTER" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->preferred master</VAR +><I +>preferred master</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2193,39 +2432,47 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#PRELOAD" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->preload</VAR +><I +>preload</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#PRELOADMODULES" -><VAR +HREF="#PRINTCAP" +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->preload modules</VAR +><I +>printcap</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#PRINTCAP" -><VAR +HREF="#PRINTCAPNAME" +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->printcap</VAR +><I +>printcap name</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#PRINTCAPNAME" -><VAR +HREF="#PRINTERDRIVERFILE" +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->printcap name</VAR +><I +>printer driver file</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2233,9 +2480,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#PRIVATEDIR" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->private dir</VAR +><I +>private dir</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2243,9 +2492,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#PROTOCOL" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->protocol</VAR +><I +>protocol</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2253,9 +2504,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#READBMPX" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->read bmpx</VAR +><I +>read bmpx</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2263,9 +2516,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#READRAW" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->read raw</VAR +><I +>read raw</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2273,9 +2528,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#READSIZE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->read size</VAR +><I +>read size</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2283,9 +2540,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#REALM" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->realm</VAR +><I +>realm</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2293,9 +2552,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#REMOTEANNOUNCE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->remote announce</VAR +><I +>remote announce</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2303,9 +2564,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#REMOTEBROWSESYNC" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->remote browse sync</VAR +><I +>remote browse sync</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2313,9 +2576,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#RESTRICTANONYMOUS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->restrict anonymous</VAR +><I +>restrict anonymous</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2323,9 +2588,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#ROOT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->root</VAR +><I +>root</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2333,9 +2600,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#ROOTDIR" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->root dir</VAR +><I +>root dir</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2343,9 +2612,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#ROOTDIRECTORY" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->root directory</VAR +><I +>root directory</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2353,19 +2624,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#SECURITY" -><VAR -CLASS="PARAMETER" ->security</VAR -></A -></P -></LI -><LI -><P -><A -HREF="#SERVERSCHANNEL" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->server schannel</VAR +><I +>security</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2373,19 +2636,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#SERVERSTRING" -><VAR -CLASS="PARAMETER" ->server string</VAR -></A -></P -></LI -><LI -><P -><A -HREF="#SETPRIMARYGROUPSCRIPT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->set primary group script</VAR +><I +>server string</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2393,9 +2648,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->show add printer wizard</VAR +><I +>show add printer wizard</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2403,9 +2660,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#SHUTDOWNSCRIPT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->shutdown script</VAR +><I +>shutdown script</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2413,9 +2672,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#SMBPASSWDFILE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->smb passwd file</VAR +><I +>smb passwd file</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2423,9 +2684,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#SMBPORTS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->smb ports</VAR +><I +>smb ports</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2433,9 +2696,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#SOCKETADDRESS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->socket address</VAR +><I +>socket address</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2443,9 +2708,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#SOCKETOPTIONS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->socket options</VAR +><I +>socket options</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2453,9 +2720,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#SOURCEENVIRONMENT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->source environment</VAR +><I +>source environment</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2463,9 +2732,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#SPNEGO" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->use spnego</VAR +><I +>use spnego</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2473,9 +2744,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#STATCACHE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->stat cache</VAR +><I +>stat cache</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2483,9 +2756,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#STATCACHESIZE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->stat cache size</VAR +><I +>stat cache size</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2493,9 +2768,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#STRIPDOT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->strip dot</VAR +><I +>strip dot</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2503,9 +2780,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#SYSLOG" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->syslog</VAR +><I +>syslog</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2513,9 +2792,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#SYSLOGONLY" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->syslog only</VAR +><I +>syslog only</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2523,9 +2804,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#TEMPLATEHOMEDIR" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->template homedir</VAR +><I +>template homedir</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2533,9 +2816,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#TEMPLATESHELL" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->template shell</VAR +><I +>template shell</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2543,9 +2828,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#TIMEOFFSET" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->time offset</VAR +><I +>time offset</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2553,9 +2840,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#TIMESERVER" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->time server</VAR +><I +>time server</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2563,9 +2852,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#TIMESTAMPLOGS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->timestamp logs</VAR +><I +>timestamp logs</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2573,9 +2864,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#TOTALPRINTJOBS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->total print jobs</VAR +><I +>total print jobs</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2583,9 +2876,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#UNICODE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->unicode</VAR +><I +>unicode</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2593,9 +2888,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#UNIXCHARSET" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->unix charset</VAR +><I +>unix charset</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2603,9 +2900,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#UNIXEXTENSIONS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->unix extensions</VAR +><I +>unix extensions</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2613,9 +2912,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->unix password sync</VAR +><I +>unix password sync</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2623,9 +2924,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#UPDATEENCRYPTED" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->update encrypted</VAR +><I +>update encrypted</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2633,9 +2936,23 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#USEMMAP" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->use mmap</VAR +><I +>use mmap</I +></TT +></A +></P +></LI +><LI +><P +><A +HREF="#USERHOSTS" +><TT +CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I +>use rhosts</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2643,9 +2960,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#USESENDFILE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->use sendfile</VAR +><I +>use sendfile</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2653,9 +2972,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#USERNAMELEVEL" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->username level</VAR +><I +>username level</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2663,9 +2984,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#USERNAMEMAP" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->username map</VAR +><I +>username map</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2673,9 +2996,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#UTMP" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->utmp</VAR +><I +>utmp</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2683,9 +3008,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#UTMPDIRECTORY" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->utmp directory</VAR +><I +>utmp directory</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2693,9 +3020,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#WTMPDIRECTORY" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->wtmp directory</VAR +><I +>wtmp directory</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2703,9 +3032,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#WINBINDCACHETIME" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->winbind cache time</VAR +><I +>winbind cache time</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2713,9 +3044,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#WINBINDENUMUSERS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->winbind enum users</VAR +><I +>winbind enum users</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2723,9 +3056,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#WINBINDENUMGROUPS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->winbind enum groups</VAR +><I +>winbind enum groups</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2733,9 +3068,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#WINBINDGID" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->winbind gid</VAR +><I +>winbind gid</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2743,9 +3080,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#WINBINDSEPARATOR" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->winbind separator</VAR +><I +>winbind separator</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2753,9 +3092,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#WINBINDUID" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->winbind uid</VAR +><I +>winbind uid</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2763,9 +3104,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#WINBINDUSEDEFAULTDOMAIN" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->winbind use default domain</VAR +><I +>winbind use default domain</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2773,9 +3116,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#WINSHOOK" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->wins hook</VAR +><I +>wins hook</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2783,9 +3128,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#WINSPARTNERS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->wins partners</VAR +><I +>wins partners</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2793,9 +3140,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#WINSPROXY" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->wins proxy</VAR +><I +>wins proxy</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2803,9 +3152,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#WINSSERVER" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->wins server</VAR +><I +>wins server</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2813,9 +3164,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#WINSSUPPORT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->wins support</VAR +><I +>wins support</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2823,9 +3176,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#WORKGROUP" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->workgroup</VAR +><I +>workgroup</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2833,9 +3188,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#WRITERAW" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->write raw</VAR +><I +>write raw</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2844,7 +3201,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1035" +NAME="AEN1029" ></A ><H2 >COMPLETE LIST OF SERVICE PARAMETERS</H2 @@ -2858,9 +3215,11 @@ NAME="AEN1035" ><P ><A HREF="#ADMINUSERS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->admin users</VAR +><I +>admin users</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2868,9 +3227,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#ALLOWHOSTS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->allow hosts</VAR +><I +>allow hosts</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2878,9 +3239,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#AVAILABLE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->available</VAR +><I +>available</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2888,9 +3251,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#BLOCKINGLOCKS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->blocking locks</VAR +><I +>blocking locks</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2898,9 +3263,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#BLOCKSIZE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->block size</VAR +><I +>block size</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2908,9 +3275,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#BROWSABLE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->browsable</VAR +><I +>browsable</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2918,9 +3287,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#BROWSEABLE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->browseable</VAR +><I +>browseable</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2928,9 +3299,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#CASESENSITIVE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->case sensitive</VAR +><I +>case sensitive</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2938,9 +3311,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#CASESIGNAMES" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->casesignames</VAR +><I +>casesignames</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2948,9 +3323,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#COMMENT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->comment</VAR +><I +>comment</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2958,9 +3335,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#COPY" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->copy</VAR +><I +>copy</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2968,9 +3347,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#CREATEMASK" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->create mask</VAR +><I +>create mask</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2978,9 +3359,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#CREATEMODE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->create mode</VAR +><I +>create mode</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2988,9 +3371,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#CSCPOLICY" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->csc policy</VAR +><I +>csc policy</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -2998,9 +3383,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#DEFAULTCASE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->default case</VAR +><I +>default case</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3008,9 +3395,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#DEFAULTDEVMODE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->default devmode</VAR +><I +>default devmode</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3018,9 +3407,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#DELETEREADONLY" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->delete readonly</VAR +><I +>delete readonly</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3028,9 +3419,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#DELETEVETOFILES" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->delete veto files</VAR +><I +>delete veto files</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3038,9 +3431,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#DENYHOSTS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->deny hosts</VAR +><I +>deny hosts</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3048,9 +3443,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#DIRECTORY" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->directory</VAR +><I +>directory</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3058,9 +3455,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#DIRECTORYMASK" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->directory mask</VAR +><I +>directory mask</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3068,9 +3467,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#DIRECTORYMODE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->directory mode</VAR +><I +>directory mode</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3078,9 +3479,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->directory security mask</VAR +><I +>directory security mask</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3088,9 +3491,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#DONTDESCEND" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->dont descend</VAR +><I +>dont descend</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3098,9 +3503,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#DOSFILEMODE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->dos filemode</VAR +><I +>dos filemode</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3108,9 +3515,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#DOSFILETIMERESOLUTION" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->dos filetime resolution</VAR +><I +>dos filetime resolution</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3118,9 +3527,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#DOSFILETIMES" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->dos filetimes</VAR +><I +>dos filetimes</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3128,9 +3539,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#EXEC" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->exec</VAR +><I +>exec</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3138,9 +3551,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#FAKEDIRECTORYCREATETIMES" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->fake directory create times</VAR +><I +>fake directory create times</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3148,9 +3563,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#FAKEOPLOCKS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->fake oplocks</VAR +><I +>fake oplocks</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3158,9 +3575,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#FOLLOWSYMLINKS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->follow symlinks</VAR +><I +>follow symlinks</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3168,9 +3587,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#FORCECREATEMODE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->force create mode</VAR +><I +>force create mode</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3178,9 +3599,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->force directory mode</VAR +><I +>force directory mode</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3188,9 +3611,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->force directory security mode</VAR +><I +>force directory security mode</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3198,9 +3623,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#FORCEGROUP" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->force group</VAR +><I +>force group</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3208,9 +3635,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#FORCESECURITYMODE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->force security mode</VAR +><I +>force security mode</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3218,9 +3647,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#FORCEUSER" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->force user</VAR +><I +>force user</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3228,9 +3659,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#FSTYPE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->fstype</VAR +><I +>fstype</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3238,9 +3671,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#GROUP" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->group</VAR +><I +>group</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3248,9 +3683,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#GUESTACCOUNT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->guest account</VAR +><I +>guest account</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3258,9 +3695,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#GUESTOK" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->guest ok</VAR +><I +>guest ok</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3268,9 +3707,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#GUESTONLY" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->guest only</VAR +><I +>guest only</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3278,9 +3719,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#HIDEDOTFILES" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->hide dot files</VAR +><I +>hide dot files</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3288,9 +3731,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#HIDEFILES" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->hide files</VAR +><I +>hide files</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3298,9 +3743,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#HOSTSALLOW" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->hosts allow</VAR +><I +>hosts allow</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3308,9 +3755,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#HOSTSDENY" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->hosts deny</VAR +><I +>hosts deny</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3318,9 +3767,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#INCLUDE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->include</VAR +><I +>include</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3328,9 +3779,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#INHERITACLS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->inherit acls</VAR +><I +>inherit acls</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3338,9 +3791,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#INHERITPERMISSIONS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->inherit permissions</VAR +><I +>inherit permissions</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3348,9 +3803,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#INVALIDUSERS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->invalid users</VAR +><I +>invalid users</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3358,9 +3815,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#LEVEL2OPLOCKS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->level2 oplocks</VAR +><I +>level2 oplocks</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3368,9 +3827,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#LOCKING" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->locking</VAR +><I +>locking</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3378,9 +3839,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#LPPAUSECOMMAND" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->lppause command</VAR +><I +>lppause command</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3388,9 +3851,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#LPQCOMMAND" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->lpq command</VAR +><I +>lpq command</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3398,9 +3863,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#LPRESUMECOMMAND" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->lpresume command</VAR +><I +>lpresume command</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3408,9 +3875,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#LPRMCOMMAND" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->lprm command</VAR +><I +>lprm command</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3418,9 +3887,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#MAGICOUTPUT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->magic output</VAR +><I +>magic output</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3428,9 +3899,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#MAGICSCRIPT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->magic script</VAR +><I +>magic script</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3438,9 +3911,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#MANGLECASE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->mangle case</VAR +><I +>mangle case</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3448,9 +3923,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#MANGLEDMAP" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->mangled map</VAR +><I +>mangled map</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3458,9 +3935,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#MANGLEDNAMES" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->mangled names</VAR +><I +>mangled names</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3468,9 +3947,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#MANGLINGCHAR" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->mangling char</VAR +><I +>mangling char</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3478,9 +3959,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#MANGLINGMETHOD" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->mangling method</VAR +><I +>mangling method</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3488,9 +3971,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#MAPARCHIVE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->map archive</VAR +><I +>map archive</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3498,9 +3983,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#MAPHIDDEN" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->map hidden</VAR +><I +>map hidden</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3508,9 +3995,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#MAPSYSTEM" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->map system</VAR +><I +>map system</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3518,9 +4007,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#MAXCONNECTIONS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->max connections</VAR +><I +>max connections</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3528,9 +4019,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#MAXPRINTJOBS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->max print jobs</VAR +><I +>max print jobs</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3538,9 +4031,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#MINPRINTSPACE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->min print space</VAR +><I +>min print space</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3548,9 +4043,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#MSDFSPROXY" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->msdfs proxy</VAR +><I +>msdfs proxy</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3558,9 +4055,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#MSDFSROOT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->msdfs root</VAR +><I +>msdfs root</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3568,9 +4067,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#NTACLSUPPORT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->nt acl support</VAR +><I +>nt acl support</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3578,9 +4079,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#ONLYGUEST" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->only guest</VAR +><I +>only guest</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3588,9 +4091,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#ONLYUSER" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->only user</VAR +><I +>only user</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3598,9 +4103,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#OPLOCKCONTENTIONLIMIT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->oplock contention limit</VAR +><I +>oplock contention limit</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3608,9 +4115,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#OPLOCKS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->oplocks</VAR +><I +>oplocks</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3618,9 +4127,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#PATH" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->path</VAR +><I +>path</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3628,9 +4139,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#POSIXLOCKING" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->posix locking</VAR +><I +>posix locking</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3638,9 +4151,23 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#POSTEXEC" -><VAR +><TT +CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I +>postexec</I +></TT +></A +></P +></LI +><LI +><P +><A +HREF="#POSTSCRIPT" +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->postexec</VAR +><I +>postscript</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3648,9 +4175,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#PREEXEC" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->preexec</VAR +><I +>preexec</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3658,9 +4187,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#PREEXECCLOSE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->preexec close</VAR +><I +>preexec close</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3668,9 +4199,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#PRESERVECASE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->preserve case</VAR +><I +>preserve case</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3678,9 +4211,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#PRINTCOMMAND" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->print command</VAR +><I +>print command</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3688,9 +4223,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#PRINTOK" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->print ok</VAR +><I +>print ok</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3698,9 +4235,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#PRINTABLE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->printable</VAR +><I +>printable</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3708,9 +4247,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#PRINTER" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->printer</VAR +><I +>printer</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3718,9 +4259,35 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#PRINTERADMIN" -><VAR +><TT +CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I +>printer admin</I +></TT +></A +></P +></LI +><LI +><P +><A +HREF="#PRINTERDRIVER" +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->printer admin</VAR +><I +>printer driver</I +></TT +></A +></P +></LI +><LI +><P +><A +HREF="#PRINTERDRIVERLOCATION" +><TT +CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I +>printer driver location</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3728,9 +4295,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#PRINTERNAME" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->printer name</VAR +><I +>printer name</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3738,9 +4307,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#PRINTING" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->printing</VAR +><I +>printing</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3748,9 +4319,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#PUBLIC" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->public</VAR +><I +>public</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3758,9 +4331,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->queuepause command</VAR +><I +>queuepause command</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3768,9 +4343,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#QUEUERESUMECOMMAND" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->queueresume command</VAR +><I +>queueresume command</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3778,9 +4355,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#READLIST" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->read list</VAR +><I +>read list</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3788,9 +4367,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#READONLY" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->read only</VAR +><I +>read only</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3798,9 +4379,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#ROOTPOSTEXEC" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->root postexec</VAR +><I +>root postexec</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3808,9 +4391,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#ROOTPREEXEC" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->root preexec</VAR +><I +>root preexec</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3818,9 +4403,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#ROOTPREEXECCLOSE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->root preexec close</VAR +><I +>root preexec close</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3828,9 +4415,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#SECURITYMASK" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->security mask</VAR +><I +>security mask</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3838,9 +4427,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#SETDIRECTORY" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->set directory</VAR +><I +>set directory</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3848,9 +4439,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#SHAREMODES" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->share modes</VAR +><I +>share modes</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3858,9 +4451,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#SHORTPRESERVECASE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->short preserve case</VAR +><I +>short preserve case</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3868,9 +4463,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#STRICTALLOCATE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->strict allocate</VAR +><I +>strict allocate</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3878,9 +4475,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#STRICTLOCKING" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->strict locking</VAR +><I +>strict locking</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3888,9 +4487,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#STRICTSYNC" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->strict sync</VAR +><I +>strict sync</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3898,9 +4499,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#SYNCALWAYS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->sync always</VAR +><I +>sync always</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3908,9 +4511,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#USECLIENTDRIVER" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->use client driver</VAR +><I +>use client driver</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3918,9 +4523,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#USER" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->user</VAR +><I +>user</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3928,9 +4535,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#USERNAME" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->username</VAR +><I +>username</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3938,9 +4547,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#USERS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->users</VAR +><I +>users</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3948,9 +4559,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#VALIDUSERS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->valid users</VAR +><I +>valid users</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3958,9 +4571,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#VETOFILES" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->veto files</VAR +><I +>veto files</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3968,9 +4583,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#VETOOPLOCKFILES" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->veto oplock files</VAR +><I +>veto oplock files</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3978,9 +4595,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#VFSPATH" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->vfs path</VAR +><I +>vfs path</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3988,9 +4607,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#VFSOBJECT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->vfs object</VAR +><I +>vfs object</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -3998,9 +4619,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#VFSOPTIONS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->vfs options</VAR +><I +>vfs options</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -4008,9 +4631,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#VOLUME" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->volume</VAR +><I +>volume</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -4018,9 +4643,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#WIDELINKS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->wide links</VAR +><I +>wide links</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -4028,9 +4655,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#WRITABLE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->writable</VAR +><I +>writable</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -4038,9 +4667,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#WRITECACHESIZE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->write cache size</VAR +><I +>write cache size</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -4048,9 +4679,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#WRITELIST" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->write list</VAR +><I +>write list</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -4058,9 +4691,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#WRITEOK" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->write ok</VAR +><I +>write ok</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -4068,9 +4703,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><A HREF="#WRITEABLE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->writeable</VAR +><I +>writeable</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -4079,7 +4716,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1527" +NAME="AEN1533" ></A ><H2 >EXPLANATION OF EACH PARAMETER</H2 @@ -4092,39 +4729,37 @@ CLASS="VARIABLELIST" ><A NAME="ABORTSHUTDOWNSCRIPT" ></A ->>abort shutdown script (G)</DT +>abort shutdown script (G)</DT ><DD ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >This parameter only exists in the HEAD cvs branch</I -></SPAN > - This a full path name to a script called by <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN -> that + This a full path name to a script called by + <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +><B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>smbd(8)</B +></A +> that should stop a shutdown procedure issued by the <A HREF="#SHUTDOWNSCRIPT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->shutdown script</VAR +><I +>shutdown script</I +></TT ></A >.</P ><P >This command will be run as user.</P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >None</I -></SPAN >.</P ><P >Example: <B @@ -4136,7 +4771,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="ADDPRINTERCOMMAND" ></A ->>addprinter command (G)</DT +>addprinter command (G)</DT ><DD ><P >With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing @@ -4147,10 +4782,12 @@ NAME="ADDPRINTERCOMMAND" NT/2000 print server.</P ><P >For a Samba host this means that the printer must be - physically added to the underlying printing system. The <VAR + physically added to the underlying printing system. The <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >add - printer command</VAR + printer command</I +></TT > defines a script to be run which will perform the necessary operations for adding the printer to the print system and to add the appropriate service definition @@ -4158,63 +4795,79 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" CLASS="FILENAME" >smb.conf</TT > file in order that it can be - shared by <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN + shared by <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +><B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>smbd(8)</B +> + </A >.</P ><P ->The <VAR +>The <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->addprinter command</VAR +><I +>addprinter command</I +></TT > is automatically invoked with the following parameter (in - order):</P + order:</P ><P ></P ><UL ><LI ><P -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->printer name</VAR +><I +>printer name</I +></TT ></P ></LI ><LI ><P -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->share name</VAR +><I +>share name</I +></TT ></P ></LI ><LI ><P -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->port name</VAR +><I +>port name</I +></TT ></P ></LI ><LI ><P -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->driver name</VAR +><I +>driver name</I +></TT ></P ></LI ><LI ><P -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->location</VAR +><I +>location</I +></TT ></P ></LI ><LI ><P -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->Windows 9x driver location</VAR +><I +>Windows 9x driver location</I +></TT > </P ></LI @@ -4226,9 +4879,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" only. The remaining fields in the structure are generated from answers to the APW questions.</P ><P ->Once the <VAR +>Once the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->addprinter command</VAR +><I +>addprinter command</I +></TT > has been executed, <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -4243,39 +4898,37 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" </B > will return an ACCESS_DENIED error to the client.</P ><P -> The "add printer command" program can output a single line of text, - which Samba will set as the port the new printer is connected to. - If this line isn't output, Samba won't reload its printer shares. - </P -><P >See also <A HREF="#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> deleteprinter command</VAR +><I +> deleteprinter command</I +></TT ></A >, <A HREF="#PRINTING" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->printing</VAR +><I +>printing</I +></TT ></A >, <A HREF="#SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >show add - printer wizard</VAR + printer wizard</I +></TT ></A ></P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >none</I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Example: <B @@ -4288,23 +4941,27 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="ADDSHARECOMMAND" ></A ->>add share command (G)</DT +>add share command (G)</DT ><DD ><P >Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server Manager. The - <VAR + <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->add share command</VAR +><I +>add share command</I +></TT > is used to define an external program or script which will add a new service definition to <TT CLASS="FILENAME" >smb.conf</TT >. In order to successfully - execute the <VAR + execute the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->add share command</VAR +><I +>add share command</I +></TT >, <B CLASS="COMMAND" >smbd</B @@ -4317,9 +4974,11 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" CLASS="COMMAND" >smbd</B > will automatically invoke the - <VAR + <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->add share command</VAR +><I +>add share command</I +></TT > with four parameters. </P ><P @@ -4327,9 +4986,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><UL ><LI ><P -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->configFile</VAR +><I +>configFile</I +></TT > - the location of the global <TT CLASS="FILENAME" @@ -4339,27 +5000,33 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" ></LI ><LI ><P -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->shareName</VAR +><I +>shareName</I +></TT > - the name of the new share. </P ></LI ><LI ><P -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->pathName</VAR +><I +>pathName</I +></TT > - path to an **existing** directory on disk. </P ></LI ><LI ><P -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->comment</VAR +><I +>comment</I +></TT > - comment string to associate with the new share. </P @@ -4369,37 +5036,40 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" > This parameter is only used for add file shares. To add printer shares, see the <A HREF="#ADDPRINTERCOMMAND" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >addprinter - command</VAR + command</I +></TT ></A >. </P ><P > See also <A HREF="#CHANGESHARECOMMAND" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >change share - command</VAR + command</I +></TT ></A >, <A HREF="#DELETESHARECOMMAND" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >delete share - command</VAR + command</I +></TT ></A >. </P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >none</I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Example: <B @@ -4411,17 +5081,15 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="ADDMACHINESCRIPT" ></A ->>add machine script (G)</DT +>add machine script (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This is the full pathname to a script that will - be run by <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN -> when a machine is added + be run by <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +>smbd(8)</A +> when a machine is added to it's domain using the administrator username and password method. </P ><P >This option is only required when using sam back-ends tied to the @@ -4444,7 +5112,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="ADSSERVER" ></A ->>ads server (G)</DT +>ads server (G)</DT ><DD ><P >If this option is specified, samba does @@ -4466,22 +5134,18 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="ADDUSERSCRIPT" ></A ->>add user script (G)</DT +>add user script (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This is the full pathname to a script that will - be run <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + be run <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >AS ROOT</I -></SPAN -> by <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN +> by <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +>smbd(8) + </A > under special circumstances described below.</P ><P >Normally, a Samba server requires that UNIX users are @@ -4493,51 +5157,50 @@ HREF="smbd.8.html" TARGET="_top" >smbd</A > to create the required UNIX users - <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >ON DEMAND</I -></SPAN > when a user accesses the Samba server.</P ><P ->In order to use this option, <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN -> must <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>In order to use this option, <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +>smbd</A +> + must <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >NOT</I -></SPAN -> be set to <VAR +> be set to <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->security = share</VAR +><I +>security = share</I +></TT > - and <VAR + and <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->add user script</VAR +><I +>add user script</I +></TT > must be set to a full pathname for a script that will create a UNIX - user given one argument of <VAR + user given one argument of <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->%u</VAR +><I +>%u</I +></TT >, which expands into the UNIX user name to create.</P ><P >When the Windows user attempts to access the Samba server, - at login (session setup in the SMB protocol) time, <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN -> contacts the <VAR -CLASS="PARAMETER" ->password server</VAR + at login (session setup in the SMB protocol) time, <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +> smbd</A +> contacts the <TT +CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I +>password server</I +></TT > and attempts to authenticate the given user with the given password. If the authentication succeeds then <B @@ -4545,24 +5208,25 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >smbd</B > attempts to find a UNIX user in the UNIX password database to map the - Windows user into. If this lookup fails, and <VAR + Windows user into. If this lookup fails, and <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >add user script - </VAR + </I +></TT > is set then <B CLASS="COMMAND" >smbd</B > will - call the specified script <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + call the specified script <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >AS ROOT</I -></SPAN >, expanding - any <VAR + any <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->%u</VAR +><I +>%u</I +></TT > argument to be the user name to create.</P ><P >If this script successfully creates the user then <B @@ -4575,23 +5239,29 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><P >See also <A HREF="#SECURITY" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> security</VAR +><I +> security</I +></TT ></A >, <A HREF="#PASSWORDSERVER" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->password server</VAR +><I +>password server</I +></TT ></A >, <A HREF="#DELETEUSERSCRIPT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >delete user - script</VAR + script</I +></TT ></A >.</P ><P @@ -4611,27 +5281,24 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="ADDGROUPSCRIPT" ></A ->>add group script (G)</DT +>add group script (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This is the full pathname to a script that will - be run <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + be run <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >AS ROOT</I -></SPAN -> by <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN +> by <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +>smbd(8)</A > when a new group is requested. It will expand any - <VAR + <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->%g</VAR +><I +>%g</I +></TT > to the group name passed. This script is only useful for installations using the Windows NT domain administration tools. The script is @@ -4645,7 +5312,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><A NAME="ADMINUSERS" ></A ->>admin users (S)</DT +>admin users (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This is a list of users who will be granted @@ -4656,12 +5323,9 @@ NAME="ADMINUSERS" this list will be able to do anything they like on the share, irrespective of file permissions.</P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >no admin users</I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Example: <B @@ -4673,32 +5337,32 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="ADDUSERTOGROUPSCRIPT" ></A ->>add user to group script (G)</DT +>add user to group script (G)</DT ><DD ><P >Full path to the script that will be called when a user is added to a group using the Windows NT domain administration - tools. It will be run by <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN -> <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + tools. It will be run by <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +>smbd(8)</A +> + <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >AS ROOT</I -></SPAN ->. - Any <VAR +>. Any <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->%g</VAR -> will be replaced with the group name and - any <VAR +><I +>%g</I +></TT +> will be + replaced with the group name and any <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->%u</VAR -> will be replaced with the user name. +><I +>%u</I +></TT +> will + be replaced with the user name. </P ><P >Default: <B @@ -4715,14 +5379,16 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="ALLOWHOSTS" ></A ->>allow hosts (S)</DT +>allow hosts (S)</DT ><DD ><P >Synonym for <A HREF="#HOSTSALLOW" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->hosts allow</VAR +><I +>hosts allow</I +></TT ></A >.</P ></DD @@ -4730,7 +5396,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><A NAME="ALGORITHMICRIDBASE" ></A ->>algorithmic rid base (G)</DT +>algorithmic rid base (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This determines how Samba will use its @@ -4762,22 +5428,24 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="ALLOWTRUSTEDDOMAINS" ></A ->>allow trusted domains (G)</DT +>allow trusted domains (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This option only takes effect when the <A HREF="#SECURITY" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->security</VAR +><I +>security</I +></TT ></A > option is set to - <CODE + <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->server</CODE -> or <CODE +>server</TT +> or <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->domain</CODE +>domain</TT >. If it is set to no, then attempts to connect to a resource from a domain or workgroup other than the one which <A @@ -4806,16 +5474,19 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="ANNOUNCEAS" ></A ->>announce as (G)</DT +>announce as (G)</DT ><DD ><P ->This specifies what type of server <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->nmbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN -> will announce itself as, to a network neighborhood browse +>This specifies what type of server + <A +HREF="nmbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +><B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>nmbd</B +></A +> + will announce itself as, to a network neighborhood browse list. By default this is set to Windows NT. The valid options are : "NT Server" (which can also be written as "NT"), "NT Workstation", "Win95" or "WfW" meaning Windows NT Server, @@ -4839,7 +5510,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="ANNOUNCEVERSION" ></A ->>announce version (G)</DT +>announce version (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This specifies the major and minor version numbers @@ -4861,14 +5532,16 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="AUTOSERVICES" ></A ->>auto services (G)</DT +>auto services (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This is a synonym for the <A HREF="#PRELOAD" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->preload</VAR +><I +>preload</I +></TT ></A >.</P ></DD @@ -4876,7 +5549,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><A NAME="AUTHMETHODS" ></A ->>auth methods (G)</DT +>auth methods (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This option allows the administrator to chose what @@ -4886,9 +5559,11 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" > will use when authenticating a user. This option defaults to sensible values based on <A HREF="#SECURITY" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> security</VAR +><I +> security</I +></TT ></A >. @@ -4911,19 +5586,18 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="AVAILABLE" ></A ->>available (S)</DT +>available (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter lets you "turn off" a service. If - <VAR + <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->available = no</VAR ->, then <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I +>available = no</I +></TT +>, then <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >ALL</I -></SPAN > attempts to connect to the service will fail. Such failures are logged.</P @@ -4937,24 +5611,22 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="BINDINTERFACESONLY" ></A ->>bind interfaces only (G)</DT +>bind interfaces only (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This global parameter allows the Samba admin to limit what interfaces on a machine will serve SMB requests. It - affects file service <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN -> and name service <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->nmbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN -> in a slightly different ways.</P + affects file service <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +>smbd(8)</A +> and + name service <A +HREF="nmbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +>nmbd(8)</A +> in slightly + different ways.</P ><P >For name service it causes <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -4973,19 +5645,23 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" CLASS="COMMAND" >nmbd</B > will service - name requests on all of these sockets. If <VAR + name requests on all of these sockets. If <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >bind interfaces - only</VAR + only</I +></TT > is set then <B CLASS="COMMAND" >nmbd</B > will check the source address of any packets coming in on the broadcast sockets and discard any that don't match the broadcast addresses of the - interfaces in the <VAR + interfaces in the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->interfaces</VAR +><I +>interfaces</I +></TT > parameter list. As unicast packets are received on the other sockets it allows <B @@ -4993,9 +5669,11 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >nmbd</B > to refuse to serve names to machines that send packets that arrive through any interfaces not listed in the - <VAR + <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->interfaces</VAR +><I +>interfaces</I +></TT > list. IP Source address spoofing does defeat this simple check, however, so it must not be used seriously as a security feature for <B @@ -5003,14 +5681,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >nmbd</B >.</P ><P ->For file service it causes <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN -> to bind only to the interface list - given in the <A +>For file service it causes <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +>smbd(8)</A +> + to bind only to the interface list given in the <A HREF="#INTERFACES" > interfaces</A > parameter. This restricts the networks that @@ -5022,60 +5698,63 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" that are serving PPP or other intermittent or non-broadcast network interfaces as it will not cope with non-permanent interfaces.</P ><P ->If <VAR +>If <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->bind interfaces only</VAR -> is set then - unless the network address <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I +>bind interfaces only</I +></TT +> is set then + unless the network address <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >127.0.0.1</I -></SPAN > is added - to the <VAR -CLASS="PARAMETER" ->interfaces</VAR -> parameter list <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbpasswd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN -> and <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->swat</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN -> may not work as expected due to the reasons covered below.</P + to the <TT +CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I +>interfaces</I +></TT +> parameter list <A +HREF="smbpasswd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +><B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>smbpasswd(8)</B +></A +> + and <A +HREF="swat.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +><B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>swat(8)</B +></A +> may + not work as expected due to the reasons covered below.</P ><P >To change a users SMB password, the <B CLASS="COMMAND" >smbpasswd</B > - by default connects to the <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + by default connects to the <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >localhost - 127.0.0.1</I -></SPAN > address as an SMB client to issue the password change request. If - <VAR + <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->bind interfaces only</VAR -> is set then unless the - network address <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I +>bind interfaces only</I +></TT +> is set then unless the + network address <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >127.0.0.1</I -></SPAN > is added to the - <VAR + <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->interfaces</VAR +><I +>interfaces</I +></TT > parameter list then <B CLASS="COMMAND" > smbpasswd</B @@ -5084,22 +5763,26 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" CLASS="COMMAND" >smbpasswd</B > can be forced to use the primary IP interface - of the local host by using its <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbpasswd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN -> <VAR -CLASS="PARAMETER" ->-r <VAR + of the local host by using its <A +HREF="smbpasswd.8.html#minusr" +TARGET="_top" +> <TT +CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I +>-r <TT CLASS="REPLACEABLE" ->remote machine</VAR -></VAR +><I +>remote machine</I +></TT +></I +></TT > - parameter, with <VAR + </A +> parameter, with <TT CLASS="REPLACEABLE" ->remote machine</VAR +><I +>remote machine</I +></TT > set to the IP name of the primary interface of the local host.</P ><P @@ -5114,19 +5797,13 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" CLASS="COMMAND" >nmbd</B > at the address - <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >127.0.0.1</I -></SPAN > to determine if they are running. - Not adding <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + Not adding <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >127.0.0.1</I -></SPAN > will cause <B CLASS="COMMAND" > smbd</B @@ -5155,16 +5832,13 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="BLOCKINGLOCKS" ></A ->>blocking locks (S)</DT +>blocking locks (S)</DT ><DD ><P ->This parameter controls the behavior - of <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN +>This parameter controls the behavior of <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +>smbd(8)</A > when given a request by a client to obtain a byte range lock on a region of an open file, and the request has a time limit associated with it.</P @@ -5174,9 +5848,9 @@ CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" queue the lock request, and periodically attempt to obtain the lock until the timeout period expires.</P ><P ->If this parameter is set to <CODE +>If this parameter is set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->no</CODE +>no</TT >, then samba will behave as previous versions of Samba would and will fail the lock request immediately if the lock range @@ -5191,15 +5865,14 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="BLOCKSIZE" ></A ->>block size (S)</DT +>block size (S)</DT ><DD ><P ->This parameter controls the behavior of <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN +>This parameter controls the behavior of + <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +>smbd(8)</A > when reporting disk free sizes. By default, this reports a disk block size of 1024 bytes. </P @@ -5214,19 +5887,31 @@ CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ><P >Changing this option does not change the disk free reporting size, just the block size unit reported to the client.</P +><P +>Default: <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>block size = 1024</B +></P +><P +>Example: <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>block size = 65536</B +></P ></DD ><DT ><A NAME="BROWSABLE" ></A ->>browsable (S)</DT +>browsable (S)</DT ><DD ><P >See the <A HREF="#BROWSEABLE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> browseable</VAR +><I +> browseable</I +></TT ></A >.</P ></DD @@ -5234,23 +5919,24 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><A NAME="BROWSELIST" ></A ->>browse list (G)</DT +>browse list (G)</DT ><DD ><P ->This controls whether <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN +>This controls whether <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +> <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>smbd(8)</B +></A > will serve a browse list to a client doing a <B CLASS="COMMAND" >NetServerEnum</B > call. Normally - set to <CODE + set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</CODE +>yes</TT >. You should never need to change this.</P ><P @@ -5263,7 +5949,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="BROWSEABLE" ></A ->>browseable (S)</DT +>browseable (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This controls whether this share is seen in @@ -5278,11 +5964,11 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="CASESENSITIVE" ></A ->>case sensitive (S)</DT +>case sensitive (S)</DT ><DD ><P >See the discussion in the section <A -HREF="#AEN207" +HREF="#AEN205" >NAME MANGLING</A >.</P ><P @@ -5295,7 +5981,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="CASESIGNAMES" ></A ->>casesignames (S)</DT +>casesignames (S)</DT ><DD ><P >Synonym for <A @@ -5308,23 +5994,26 @@ HREF="#CASESENSITIVE" ><A NAME="CHANGENOTIFYTIMEOUT" ></A ->>change notify timeout (G)</DT +>change notify timeout (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This SMB allows a client to tell a server to "watch" a particular directory for any changes and only reply to the SMB request when a change has occurred. Such constant scanning of - a directory is expensive under UNIX, hence an <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN + a directory is expensive under UNIX, hence an <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +> <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>smbd(8)</B +></A > daemon only performs such a scan - on each requested directory once every <VAR + on each requested directory once every <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >change notify - timeout</VAR + timeout</I +></TT > seconds.</P ><P >Default: <B @@ -5343,23 +6032,27 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="CHANGESHARECOMMAND" ></A ->>change share command (G)</DT +>change share command (G)</DT ><DD ><P >Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server Manager. The - <VAR + <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->change share command</VAR +><I +>change share command</I +></TT > is used to define an external program or script which will modify an existing service definition in <TT CLASS="FILENAME" >smb.conf</TT >. In order to successfully - execute the <VAR + execute the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->change share command</VAR +><I +>change share command</I +></TT >, <B CLASS="COMMAND" >smbd</B @@ -5372,9 +6065,11 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" CLASS="COMMAND" >smbd</B > will automatically invoke the - <VAR + <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->change share command</VAR +><I +>change share command</I +></TT > with four parameters. </P ><P @@ -5382,9 +6077,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><UL ><LI ><P -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->configFile</VAR +><I +>configFile</I +></TT > - the location of the global <TT CLASS="FILENAME" @@ -5394,27 +6091,33 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" ></LI ><LI ><P -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->shareName</VAR +><I +>shareName</I +></TT > - the name of the new share. </P ></LI ><LI ><P -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->pathName</VAR +><I +>pathName</I +></TT > - path to an **existing** directory on disk. </P ></LI ><LI ><P -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->comment</VAR +><I +>comment</I +></TT > - comment string to associate with the new share. </P @@ -5427,27 +6130,28 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P > See also <A HREF="#ADDSHARECOMMAND" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >add share - command</VAR + command</I +></TT ></A >, <A HREF="#DELETESHARECOMMAND" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >delete - share command</VAR + share command</I +></TT ></A >. </P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >none</I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Example: <B @@ -5459,7 +6163,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="COMMENT" ></A ->>comment (S)</DT +>comment (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This is a text field that is seen next to a share @@ -5473,18 +6177,17 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >If you want to set the string that is displayed next to the machine name then see the <A HREF="#SERVERSTRING" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> server string</VAR +><I +> server string</I +></TT ></A > parameter.</P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >No comment string</I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Example: <B @@ -5496,7 +6199,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="CONFIGFILE" ></A ->>config file (G)</DT +>config file (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This allows you to override the config file @@ -5528,7 +6231,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="COPY" ></A ->>copy (S)</DT +>copy (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter allows you to "clone" service @@ -5541,12 +6244,9 @@ NAME="COPY" copied must occur earlier in the configuration file than the service doing the copying.</P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >no value</I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Example: <B @@ -5558,15 +6258,17 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="CREATEMASK" ></A ->>create mask (S)</DT +>create mask (S)</DT ><DD ><P >A synonym for this parameter is <A HREF="#CREATEMODE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->create mode</VAR +><I +>create mode</I +></TT > </A >.</P @@ -5575,12 +6277,9 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" calculated according to the mapping from DOS modes to UNIX permissions, and the resulting UNIX mode is then bit-wise 'AND'ed with this parameter. This parameter may be thought of as a bit-wise - MASK for the UNIX modes of a file. Any bit <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + MASK for the UNIX modes of a file. Any bit <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >not</I -></SPAN > set here will be removed from the modes set on a file when it is created.</P @@ -5591,9 +6290,11 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" >Following this Samba will bit-wise 'OR' the UNIX mode created from this parameter with the value of the <A HREF="#FORCECREATEMODE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->force create mode</VAR +><I +>force create mode</I +></TT ></A > parameter which is set to 000 by default.</P @@ -5601,33 +6302,41 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" >This parameter does not affect directory modes. See the parameter <A HREF="#DIRECTORYMODE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >directory mode - </VAR + </I +></TT ></A > for details.</P ><P >See also the <A HREF="#FORCECREATEMODE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >force - create mode</VAR + create mode</I +></TT ></A > parameter for forcing particular mode bits to be set on created files. See also the <A HREF="#DIRECTORYMODE" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->directory mode</VAR +><I +>directory mode</I +></TT ></A > parameter for masking mode bits on created directories. See also the <A HREF="#INHERITPERMISSIONS" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->inherit permissions</VAR +><I +>inherit permissions</I +></TT ></A > parameter.</P ><P @@ -5635,9 +6344,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" set by Windows NT/2000 ACL editors. If the administrator wishes to enforce a mask on access control lists also, they need to set the <A HREF="#SECURITYMASK" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->security mask</VAR +><I +>security mask</I +></TT ></A >.</P ><P @@ -5655,14 +6366,16 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="CREATEMODE" ></A ->>create mode (S)</DT +>create mode (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This is a synonym for <A HREF="#CREATEMASK" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> create mask</VAR +><I +> create mask</I +></TT ></A >.</P ></DD @@ -5670,16 +6383,13 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><A NAME="CSCPOLICY" ></A ->>csc policy (S)</DT +>csc policy (S)</DT ><DD ><P ->This stands for <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>This stands for <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >client-side caching policy</I -></SPAN >, and specifies how clients capable of offline caching will cache the files in the share. The valid values are: manual, documents, programs, disable.</P @@ -5708,7 +6418,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="DEADTIME" ></A ->>deadtime (G)</DT +>deadtime (G)</DT ><DD ><P >The value of the parameter (a decimal integer) @@ -5743,7 +6453,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="DEBUGHIRESTIMESTAMP" ></A ->>debug hires timestamp (G)</DT +>debug hires timestamp (G)</DT ><DD ><P >Sometimes the timestamps in the log messages @@ -5753,9 +6463,11 @@ NAME="DEBUGHIRESTIMESTAMP" ><P >Note that the parameter <A HREF="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> debug timestamp</VAR +><I +> debug timestamp</I +></TT ></A > must be on for this to have an effect.</P @@ -5769,7 +6481,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="DEBUGPID" ></A ->>debug pid (G)</DT +>debug pid (G)</DT ><DD ><P >When using only one log file for more then one @@ -5783,9 +6495,11 @@ TARGET="_top" ><P >Note that the parameter <A HREF="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> debug timestamp</VAR +><I +> debug timestamp</I +></TT ></A > must be on for this to have an effect.</P @@ -5799,15 +6513,17 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="DEBUGTIMESTAMP" ></A ->>debug timestamp (G)</DT +>debug timestamp (G)</DT ><DD ><P >Samba debug log messages are timestamped by default. If you are running at a high <A HREF="#DEBUGLEVEL" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->debug level</VAR +><I +>debug level</I +></TT ></A > these timestamps can be distracting. This boolean parameter allows timestamping @@ -5822,7 +6538,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="DEBUGUID" ></A ->>debug uid (G)</DT +>debug uid (G)</DT ><DD ><P >Samba is sometimes run as root and sometime @@ -5832,9 +6548,11 @@ NAME="DEBUGUID" ><P >Note that the parameter <A HREF="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> debug timestamp</VAR +><I +> debug timestamp</I +></TT ></A > must be on for this to have an effect.</P @@ -5848,14 +6566,16 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="DEBUGLEVEL" ></A ->>debuglevel (G)</DT +>debuglevel (G)</DT ><DD ><P >Synonym for <A HREF="#LOGLEVEL" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> log level</VAR +><I +> log level</I +></TT ></A >.</P ></DD @@ -5863,14 +6583,16 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><A NAME="DEFAULT" ></A ->>default (G)</DT +>default (G)</DT ><DD ><P >A synonym for <A HREF="#DEFAULTSERVICE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> default service</VAR +><I +> default service</I +></TT ></A >.</P ></DD @@ -5878,17 +6600,19 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><A NAME="DEFAULTCASE" ></A ->>default case (S)</DT +>default case (S)</DT ><DD ><P >See the section on <A -HREF="#AEN207" +HREF="#AEN205" > NAME MANGLING</A >. Also note the <A HREF="#SHORTPRESERVECASE" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->short preserve case</VAR +><I +>short preserve case</I +></TT ></A > parameter.</P ><P @@ -5901,7 +6625,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="DEFAULTDEVMODE" ></A ->>default devmode (S)</DT +>default devmode (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter is only applicable to <A @@ -5952,17 +6676,14 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="DEFAULTSERVICE" ></A ->>default service (G)</DT +>default service (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter specifies the name of a service which will be connected to if the service actually requested cannot - be found. Note that the square brackets are <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + be found. Note that the square brackets are <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >NOT</I -></SPAN > given in the parameter value (see example below).</P ><P @@ -5972,23 +6693,29 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" ><P >Typically the default service would be a <A HREF="#GUESTOK" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->guest ok</VAR +><I +>guest ok</I +></TT ></A >, <A HREF="#READONLY" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->read-only</VAR +><I +>read-only</I +></TT ></A > service.</P ><P >Also note that the apparent service name will be changed to equal that of the requested service, this is very useful as it - allows you to use macros like <VAR + allows you to use macros like <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->%S</VAR +><I +>%S</I +></TT > to make a wildcard service.</P ><P @@ -5998,48 +6725,53 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P >Example:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="90%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >[global] default service = pub [pub] - path = /%S</PRE + path = /%S + </PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ></DD ><DT ><A NAME="DELETEGROUPSCRIPT" ></A ->>delete group script (G)</DT +>delete group script (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This is the full pathname to a script that will - be run <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + be run <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >AS ROOT</I -></SPAN -> <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN -> when a group is requested to be deleted. - It will expand any <VAR -CLASS="PARAMETER" ->%g</VAR -> to the group name passed. - This script is only useful for installations using the Windows NT domain administration tools. +> by <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +>smbd(8)</A +> when a group is requested to be deleted. It will expand any <TT +CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I +>%g</I +></TT +> to the group name passed. This script is only useful for installations using the Windows NT domain administration tools. </P ></DD ><DT ><A NAME="DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND" ></A ->>deleteprinter command (G)</DT +>deleteprinter command (G)</DT ><DD ><P >With the introduction of MS-RPC based printer @@ -6048,9 +6780,11 @@ NAME="DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND" DeletePrinter() RPC call.</P ><P >For a Samba host this means that the printer must be - physically deleted from underlying printing system. The <VAR + physically deleted from underlying printing system. The <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> deleteprinter command</VAR +><I +> deleteprinter command</I +></TT > defines a script to be run which will perform the necessary operations for removing the printer from the print system and from <TT @@ -6059,18 +6793,24 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" >. </P ><P ->The <VAR +>The <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->deleteprinter command</VAR +><I +>deleteprinter command</I +></TT > is - automatically called with only one parameter: <VAR + automatically called with only one parameter: <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> "printer name"</VAR +><I +> "printer name"</I +></TT >.</P ><P ->Once the <VAR +>Once the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->deleteprinter command</VAR +><I +>deleteprinter command</I +></TT > has been executed, <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -6087,32 +6827,35 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><P >See also <A HREF="#ADDPRINTERCOMMAND" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> addprinter command</VAR +><I +> addprinter command</I +></TT ></A >, <A HREF="#PRINTING" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->printing</VAR +><I +>printing</I +></TT ></A >, <A HREF="#SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >show add - printer wizard</VAR + printer wizard</I +></TT ></A ></P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >none</I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Example: <B @@ -6125,7 +6868,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="DELETEREADONLY" ></A ->>delete readonly (S)</DT +>delete readonly (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter allows readonly files to be deleted. @@ -6144,23 +6887,27 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="DELETESHARECOMMAND" ></A ->>delete share command (G)</DT +>delete share command (G)</DT ><DD ><P >Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server Manager. The - <VAR + <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->delete share command</VAR +><I +>delete share command</I +></TT > is used to define an external program or script which will remove an existing service definition from <TT CLASS="FILENAME" >smb.conf</TT >. In order to successfully - execute the <VAR + execute the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->delete share command</VAR +><I +>delete share command</I +></TT >, <B CLASS="COMMAND" >smbd</B @@ -6173,9 +6920,11 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" CLASS="COMMAND" >smbd</B > will automatically invoke the - <VAR + <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->delete share command</VAR +><I +>delete share command</I +></TT > with two parameters. </P ><P @@ -6183,9 +6932,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><UL ><LI ><P -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->configFile</VAR +><I +>configFile</I +></TT > - the location of the global <TT CLASS="FILENAME" @@ -6195,9 +6946,11 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" ></LI ><LI ><P -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->shareName</VAR +><I +>shareName</I +></TT > - the name of the existing service. </P @@ -6207,37 +6960,40 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" > This parameter is only used to remove file shares. To delete printer shares, see the <A HREF="#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >deleteprinter - command</VAR + command</I +></TT ></A >. </P ><P > See also <A HREF="#ADDSHARECOMMAND" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >add share - command</VAR + command</I +></TT ></A >, <A HREF="#CHANGESHARECOMMAND" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >change - share command</VAR + share command</I +></TT ></A >. </P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >none</I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Example: <B @@ -6249,18 +7005,19 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="DELETEUSERSCRIPT" ></A ->>delete user script (G)</DT +>delete user script (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This is the full pathname to a script that will - be run by <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN -> when managing users - with remote RPC (NT) tools. + be run by <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +><B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>smbd(8)</B +></A +> + when managing user's with remote RPC (NT) tools. </P ><P >This script is called when a remote client removes a user @@ -6290,32 +7047,32 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="DELETEUSERFROMGROUPSCRIPT" ></A ->>delete user from group script (G)</DT +>delete user from group script (G)</DT ><DD ><P >Full path to the script that will be called when a user is removed from a group using the Windows NT domain administration - tools. It will be run by <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN -> <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + tools. It will be run by <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +>smbd(8)</A +> + <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >AS ROOT</I -></SPAN ->. - Any <VAR +>. Any <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->%g</VAR -> will be replaced with the group name and - any <VAR +><I +>%g</I +></TT +> will be + replaced with the group name and any <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->%u</VAR -> will be replaced with the user name. +><I +>%u</I +></TT +> will + be replaced with the user name. </P ><P >Default: <B @@ -6332,28 +7089,30 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="DELETEVETOFILES" ></A ->>delete veto files (S)</DT +>delete veto files (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This option is used when Samba is attempting to delete a directory that contains one or more vetoed directories (see the <A HREF="#VETOFILES" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->veto files</VAR +><I +>veto files</I +></TT ></A > - option). If this option is set to <CODE + option). If this option is set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->no</CODE +>no</TT > (the default) then if a vetoed directory contains any non-vetoed files or directories then the directory delete will fail. This is usually what you want.</P ><P ->If this option is set to <CODE +>If this option is set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</CODE +>yes</TT >, then Samba will attempt to recursively delete any files and directories within the vetoed directory. This can be useful for integration with file @@ -6373,10 +7132,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><P >See also the <A HREF="#VETOFILES" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >veto - files</VAR + files</I +></TT ></A > parameter.</P ><P @@ -6389,15 +7150,17 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="DENYHOSTS" ></A ->>deny hosts (S)</DT +>deny hosts (S)</DT ><DD ><P >Synonym for <A HREF="#HOSTSDENY" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >hosts - deny</VAR + deny</I +></TT ></A >.</P ></DD @@ -6405,12 +7168,14 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><A NAME="DFREECOMMAND" ></A ->>dfree command (G)</DT +>dfree command (G)</DT ><DD ><P ->The <VAR +>The <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->dfree command</VAR +><I +>dfree command</I +></TT > setting should only be used on systems where a problem occurs with the internal disk space calculations. This has been known to happen with Ultrix, @@ -6434,23 +7199,17 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" third return value can give the block size in bytes. The default blocksize is 1024 bytes.</P ><P ->Note: Your script should <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Note: Your script should <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >NOT</I -></SPAN > be setuid or setgid and should be owned by (and writeable only by) root!</P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >By default internal routines for determining the disk capacity and remaining space will be used. </I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Example: <B @@ -6461,20 +7220,40 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><P >Where the script dfree (which must be made executable) could be:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="90%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > -#!/bin/sh -df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'</PRE + #!/bin/sh + df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}' + </PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >or perhaps (on Sys V based systems):</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="90%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > -#!/bin/sh -/usr/bin/df -k $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $3" "$5}'</PRE + #!/bin/sh + /usr/bin/df -k $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $3" "$5}' + </PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >Note that you may have to replace the command names @@ -6484,15 +7263,17 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" ><A NAME="DIRECTORY" ></A ->>directory (S)</DT +>directory (S)</DT ><DD ><P >Synonym for <A HREF="#PATH" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >path - </VAR + </I +></TT ></A >.</P ></DD @@ -6500,7 +7281,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><A NAME="DIRECTORYMASK" ></A ->>directory mask (S)</DT +>directory mask (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter is the octal modes which are @@ -6511,12 +7292,9 @@ NAME="DIRECTORYMASK" calculated according to the mapping from DOS modes to UNIX permissions, and the resulting UNIX mode is then bit-wise 'AND'ed with this parameter. This parameter may be thought of as a bit-wise MASK for - the UNIX modes of a directory. Any bit <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + the UNIX modes of a directory. Any bit <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >not</I -></SPAN > set here will be removed from the modes set on a directory when it is created.</P @@ -6528,10 +7306,12 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" >Following this Samba will bit-wise 'OR' the UNIX mode created from this parameter with the value of the <A HREF="#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >force directory mode - </VAR + </I +></TT ></A > parameter. This parameter is set to 000 by default (i.e. no extra mode bits are added).</P @@ -6540,44 +7320,54 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" set by Windows NT/2000 ACL editors. If the administrator wishes to enforce a mask on access control lists also, they need to set the <A HREF="#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->directory security mask</VAR +><I +>directory security mask</I +></TT ></A >.</P ><P >See the <A HREF="#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >force - directory mode</VAR + directory mode</I +></TT ></A > parameter to cause particular mode bits to always be set on created directories.</P ><P >See also the <A HREF="#CREATEMODE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >create mode - </VAR + </I +></TT ></A > parameter for masking mode bits on created files, and the <A HREF="#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >directory - security mask</VAR + security mask</I +></TT ></A > parameter.</P ><P >Also refer to the <A HREF="#INHERITPERMISSIONS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> inherit permissions</VAR +><I +> inherit permissions</I +></TT ></A > parameter.</P ><P @@ -6595,14 +7385,16 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="DIRECTORYMODE" ></A ->>directory mode (S)</DT +>directory mode (S)</DT ><DD ><P >Synonym for <A HREF="#DIRECTORYMASK" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> directory mask</VAR +><I +> directory mask</I +></TT ></A ></P ></DD @@ -6610,7 +7402,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><A NAME="DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK" ></A ->>directory security mask (S)</DT +>directory security mask (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits @@ -6628,40 +7420,43 @@ NAME="DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK" meaning a user is allowed to modify all the user/group/world permissions on a directory.</P ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >Note</I -></SPAN > that users who can access the Samba server through other means can easily bypass this restriction, so it is primarily useful for standalone "appliance" systems. Administrators of most normal systems will probably want to leave - it as the default of <CODE + it as the default of <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->0777</CODE +>0777</TT >.</P ><P >See also the <A HREF="#FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> force directory security mode</VAR +><I +> force directory security mode</I +></TT ></A >, <A HREF="#SECURITYMASK" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->security mask</VAR +><I +>security mask</I +></TT ></A >, <A HREF="#FORCESECURITYMODE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >force security mode - </VAR + </I +></TT ></A > parameters.</P ><P @@ -6679,7 +7474,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="DISABLENETBIOS" ></A ->>disable netbios (G)</DT +>disable netbios (G)</DT ><DD ><P >Enabling this parameter will disable netbios support @@ -6704,7 +7499,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="DISABLESPOOLSS" ></A ->>disable spoolss (G)</DT +>disable spoolss (G)</DT ><DD ><P >Enabling this parameter will disable Samba's support @@ -6716,12 +7511,9 @@ NAME="DISABLESPOOLSS" Wizard or by using the NT printer properties dialog window. It will also disable the capability of Windows NT/2000 clients to download print drivers from the Samba host upon demand. - <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >Be very careful about enabling this parameter.</I -></SPAN > </P ><P @@ -6740,7 +7532,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="DISPLAYCHARSET" ></A ->>display charset (G)</DT +>display charset (G)</DT ><DD ><P >Specifies the charset that samba will use @@ -6765,19 +7557,18 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="DNSPROXY" ></A ->>dns proxy (G)</DT +>dns proxy (G)</DT ><DD ><P ->Specifies that <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->nmbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN -> when acting as a WINS server and - finding that a NetBIOS name has not been registered, should treat the - NetBIOS name word-for-word as a DNS name and do a lookup with the DNS server - for that name on behalf of the name-querying client.</P +>Specifies that <A +HREF="nmbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +>nmbd(8)</A +> + when acting as a WINS server and finding that a NetBIOS name has not + been registered, should treat the NetBIOS name word-for-word as a DNS + name and do a lookup with the DNS server for that name on behalf of + the name-querying client.</P ><P >Note that the maximum length for a NetBIOS name is 15 characters, so the DNS name (or DNS alias) can likewise only be @@ -6792,9 +7583,11 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><P >See also the parameter <A HREF="#WINSSUPPORT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> wins support</VAR +><I +> wins support</I +></TT ></A >.</P ><P @@ -6807,18 +7600,20 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="DOMAINLOGONS" ></A ->>domain logons (G)</DT +>domain logons (G)</DT ><DD ><P ->If set to <CODE +>If set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</CODE +>yes</TT >, the Samba server will serve Windows 95/98 Domain logons for the <A HREF="#WORKGROUP" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->workgroup</VAR +><I +>workgroup</I +></TT ></A > it is in. Samba 2.2 has limited capability to act as a domain controller for Windows @@ -6838,15 +7633,16 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="DOMAINMASTER" ></A ->>domain master (G)</DT +>domain master (G)</DT ><DD ><P ->Tell <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN +>Tell <A +HREF="nmbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +><B +CLASS="COMMAND" +> nmbd(8)</B +></A > to enable WAN-wide browse list collation. Setting this option causes <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -6855,48 +7651,60 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" claim a special domain specific NetBIOS name that identifies it as a domain master browser for its given <A HREF="#WORKGROUP" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->workgroup</VAR +><I +>workgroup</I +></TT ></A >. Local master browsers - in the same <VAR + in the same <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->workgroup</VAR +><I +>workgroup</I +></TT > on broadcast-isolated subnets will give this <B CLASS="COMMAND" >nmbd</B > their local browse lists, - and then ask <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN -> for a complete copy of the browse - list for the whole wide area network. Browser clients will then contact - their local master browser, and will receive the domain-wide browse list, - instead of just the list for their broadcast-isolated subnet.</P + and then ask <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +><B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>smbd(8)</B +></A +> + for a complete copy of the browse list for the whole wide area + network. Browser clients will then contact their local master browser, + and will receive the domain-wide browse list, instead of just the list + for their broadcast-isolated subnet.</P ><P >Note that Windows NT Primary Domain Controllers expect to be - able to claim this <VAR + able to claim this <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->workgroup</VAR +><I +>workgroup</I +></TT > specific special NetBIOS name that identifies them as domain master browsers for - that <VAR + that <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->workgroup</VAR +><I +>workgroup</I +></TT > by default (i.e. there is no way to prevent a Windows NT PDC from attempting to do this). This means that if this parameter is set and <B CLASS="COMMAND" >nmbd</B > claims - the special name for a <VAR + the special name for a <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->workgroup</VAR +><I +>workgroup</I +></TT > before a Windows NT PDC is able to do so then cross subnet browsing will behave strangely and may fail.</P @@ -6908,18 +7716,24 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >domain logons = yes</B > </A ->, then the default behavior is to enable the <VAR +>, then the default behavior is to enable the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >domain - master</VAR -> parameter. If <VAR + master</I +></TT +> parameter. If <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->domain logons</VAR +><I +>domain logons</I +></TT > is - not enabled (the default setting), then neither will <VAR + not enabled (the default setting), then neither will <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >domain - master</VAR + master</I +></TT > be enabled by default.</P ><P >Default: <B @@ -6931,7 +7745,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="DONTDESCEND" ></A ->>dont descend (S)</DT +>dont descend (S)</DT ><DD ><P >There are certain directories on some systems @@ -6953,13 +7767,10 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" >. Experimentation is the best policy :-) </P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >none (i.e., all directories are OK to descend)</I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Example: <B @@ -6971,7 +7782,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="DOSCHARSET" ></A ->>dos charset (G)</DT +>dos charset (G)</DT ><DD ><P >DOS SMB clients assume the server has @@ -6979,14 +7790,13 @@ NAME="DOSCHARSET" charset Samba should talk to DOS clients. </P ><P ->The default depends on which charsets you have installed. +>The default depends on which charsets you have instaled. Samba tries to use charset 850 but falls back to ASCII in - case it is not available. Run <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->testparm</SPAN ->(1)</SPAN + case it is not available. Run <A +HREF="testparm.1.html" +TARGET="_top" +>testparm(1) + </A > to check the default on your system. </P ></DD @@ -6994,7 +7804,7 @@ CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ><A NAME="DOSFILEMODE" ></A ->>dos filemode (S)</DT +>dos filemode (S)</DT ><DD ><P > The default behavior in Samba is to provide @@ -7017,19 +7827,21 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="DOSFILETIMERESOLUTION" ></A ->>dos filetime resolution (S)</DT +>dos filetime resolution (S)</DT ><DD ><P >Under the DOS and Windows FAT filesystem, the finest granularity on time resolution is two seconds. Setting this parameter for a share causes Samba to round the reported time down to the nearest two second boundary when a query call that requires one second - resolution is made to <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN + resolution is made to <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +><B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>smbd(8)</B +> + </A >.</P ><P >This option is mainly used as a compatibility option for Visual @@ -7052,7 +7864,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="DOSFILETIMES" ></A ->>dos filetimes (S)</DT +>dos filetimes (S)</DT ><DD ><P >Under DOS and Windows, if a user can write to a @@ -7063,15 +7875,13 @@ NAME="DOSFILETIMES" CLASS="COMMAND" >smbd</B > is acting - on behalf of is not the file owner. Setting this option to <CODE + on behalf of is not the file owner. Setting this option to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" -> yes</CODE -> allows DOS semantics and <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN +> yes</TT +> allows DOS semantics and <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +>smbd</A > will change the file timestamp as DOS requires.</P ><P @@ -7084,7 +7894,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" ></A ->>encrypt passwords (G)</DT +>encrypt passwords (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This boolean controls whether encrypted passwords @@ -7098,25 +7908,29 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" > shipped with the source code.</P ><P >In order for encrypted passwords to work correctly - <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN + <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +><B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>smbd(8)</B +></A > must either - have access to a local <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbpasswd</SPAN ->(5)</SPAN -> file (see the <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbpasswd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN + have access to a local <A +HREF="smbpasswd.5.html" +TARGET="_top" +><TT +CLASS="FILENAME" +>smbpasswd(5) + </TT +></A +> file (see the <A +HREF="smbpasswd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +><B +CLASS="COMMAND" +> smbpasswd(8)</B +></A > program for information on how to set up and maintain this file), or set the <A HREF="#SECURITY" @@ -7137,7 +7951,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="ENHANCEDBROWSING" ></A ->>enhanced browsing (G)</DT +>enhanced browsing (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This option enables a couple of enhancements to @@ -7168,7 +7982,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="ENUMPORTSCOMMAND" ></A ->>enumports command (G)</DT +>enumports command (G)</DT ><DD ><P >The concept of a "port" is fairly foreign @@ -7176,9 +7990,9 @@ NAME="ENUMPORTSCOMMAND" is associated with a port monitor and generally takes the form of a local port (i.e. LPT1:, COM1:, FILE:) or a remote port (i.e. LPD Port Monitor, etc...). By default, Samba has only one - port defined--<CODE + port defined--<TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->"Samba Printer Port"</CODE +>"Samba Printer Port"</TT >. Under Windows NT/2000, all printers must have a valid port name. If you wish to have a list of ports displayed (<B @@ -7186,24 +8000,23 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >smbd </B > does not use a port name for anything) other than - the default <CODE + the default <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->"Samba Printer Port"</CODE +>"Samba Printer Port"</TT >, you - can define <VAR + can define <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->enumports command</VAR +><I +>enumports command</I +></TT > to point to a program which should generate a list of ports, one per line, to standard output. This listing will then be used in response to the level 1 and 2 EnumPorts() RPC.</P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >no enumports command</I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Example: <B @@ -7216,14 +8029,16 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="EXEC" ></A ->>exec (S)</DT +>exec (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This is a synonym for <A HREF="#PREEXEC" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->preexec</VAR +><I +>preexec</I +></TT ></A >.</P ></DD @@ -7231,7 +8046,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><A NAME="FAKEDIRECTORYCREATETIMES" ></A ->>fake directory create times (S)</DT +>fake directory create times (S)</DT ><DD ><P >NTFS and Windows VFAT file systems keep a create @@ -7269,7 +8084,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="FAKEOPLOCKS" ></A ->>fake oplocks (S)</DT +>fake oplocks (S)</DT ><DD ><P >Oplocks are the way that SMB clients get permission @@ -7296,9 +8111,11 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><P >It is generally much better to use the real <A HREF="#OPLOCKS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->oplocks</VAR +><I +>oplocks</I +></TT ></A > support rather than this parameter.</P @@ -7320,21 +8137,22 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="FOLLOWSYMLINKS" ></A ->>follow symlinks (S)</DT +>follow symlinks (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter allows the Samba administrator - to stop <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN -> from following symbolic - links in a particular share. Setting this - parameter to <CODE + to stop <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +><B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>smbd(8)</B +></A +> + from following symbolic links in a particular share. Setting this + parameter to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->no</CODE +>no</TT > prevents any file or directory that is a symbolic link from being followed (the user will get an error). This option is very useful to stop users from adding a @@ -7360,42 +8178,45 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="FORCECREATEMODE" ></A ->>force create mode (S)</DT +>force create mode (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit - permissions that will <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + permissions that will <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >always</I -></SPAN > be set on a file created by Samba. This is done by bitwise 'OR'ing these bits onto the mode bits of a file that is being created or having its permissions changed. The default for this parameter is (in octal) 000. The modes in this parameter are bitwise 'OR'ed onto the file - mode after the mask set in the <VAR + mode after the mask set in the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->create mask</VAR +><I +>create mask</I +></TT > parameter is applied.</P ><P >See also the parameter <A HREF="#CREATEMASK" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >create - mask</VAR + mask</I +></TT ></A > for details on masking mode bits on files.</P ><P >See also the <A HREF="#INHERITPERMISSIONS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >inherit - permissions</VAR + permissions</I +></TT ></A > parameter.</P ><P @@ -7417,41 +8238,44 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="FORCEDIRECTORYMODE" ></A ->>force directory mode (S)</DT +>force directory mode (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit - permissions that will <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + permissions that will <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >always</I -></SPAN > be set on a directory created by Samba. This is done by bitwise 'OR'ing these bits onto the mode bits of a directory that is being created. The default for this parameter is (in octal) 0000 which will not add any extra permission bits to a created directory. This operation is done after the mode - mask in the parameter <VAR + mask in the parameter <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->directory mask</VAR +><I +>directory mask</I +></TT > is applied.</P ><P >See also the parameter <A HREF="#DIRECTORYMASK" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> directory mask</VAR +><I +> directory mask</I +></TT ></A > for details on masking mode bits on created directories.</P ><P >See also the <A HREF="#INHERITPERMISSIONS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> inherit permissions</VAR +><I +> inherit permissions</I +></TT ></A > parameter.</P ><P @@ -7473,7 +8297,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE" ></A ->>force directory security mode (S)</DT +>force directory security mode (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits @@ -7490,12 +8314,9 @@ NAME="FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE" allows a user to modify all the user/group/world permissions on a directory without restrictions.</P ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >Note</I -></SPAN > that users who can access the Samba server through other means can easily bypass this restriction, so it is primarily useful for standalone "appliance" systems. @@ -7504,23 +8325,29 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" ><P >See also the <A HREF="#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> directory security mask</VAR +><I +> directory security mask</I +></TT ></A >, <A HREF="#SECURITYMASK" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->security mask</VAR +><I +>security mask</I +></TT ></A >, <A HREF="#FORCESECURITYMODE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >force security mode - </VAR + </I +></TT ></A > parameters.</P ><P @@ -7538,7 +8365,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="FORCEGROUP" ></A ->>force group (S)</DT +>force group (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This specifies a UNIX group name that will be @@ -7567,36 +8394,41 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" ><P >If the <A HREF="#FORCEUSER" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >force user - </VAR + </I +></TT ></A > parameter is also set the group specified in - <VAR + <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->force group</VAR +><I +>force group</I +></TT > will override the primary group - set in <VAR + set in <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->force user</VAR +><I +>force user</I +></TT >.</P ><P >See also <A HREF="#FORCEUSER" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >force - user</VAR + user</I +></TT ></A >.</P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >no forced group</I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Example: <B @@ -7608,7 +8440,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="FORCESECURITYMODE" ></A ->>force security mode (S)</DT +>force security mode (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter controls what UNIX permission @@ -7626,12 +8458,9 @@ NAME="FORCESECURITYMODE" and allows a user to modify all the user/group/world permissions on a file, with no restrictions.</P ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >Note</I -></SPAN > that users who can access the Samba server through other means can easily bypass this restriction, so it is primarily useful for standalone "appliance" systems. @@ -7640,23 +8469,29 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" ><P >See also the <A HREF="#FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> force directory security mode</VAR +><I +> force directory security mode</I +></TT ></A >, <A HREF="#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >directory security - mask</VAR + mask</I +></TT ></A >, <A HREF="#SECURITYMASK" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> security mask</VAR +><I +> security mask</I +></TT ></A > parameters.</P ><P @@ -7674,7 +8509,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="FORCEUSER" ></A ->>force user (S)</DT +>force user (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This specifies a UNIX user name that will be @@ -7695,19 +8530,18 @@ NAME="FORCEUSER" ><P >See also <A HREF="#FORCEGROUP" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >force group - </VAR + </I +></TT ></A ></P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >no forced user</I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Example: <B @@ -7719,30 +8553,32 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="FSTYPE" ></A ->>fstype (S)</DT +>fstype (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter allows the administrator to configure the string that specifies the type of filesystem a share - is using that is reported by <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN + is using that is reported by <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +><B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>smbd(8) + </B +></A > when a client queries the filesystem type - for a share. The default type is <CODE + for a share. The default type is <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->NTFS</CODE +>NTFS</TT > for compatibility with Windows NT but this can be changed to other - strings such as <CODE + strings such as <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->Samba</CODE -> or <CODE +>Samba</TT +> or <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" >FAT - </CODE + </TT > if required.</P ><P >Default: <B @@ -7759,7 +8595,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="GETWDCACHE" ></A ->>getwd cache (G)</DT +>getwd cache (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This is a tuning option. When this is enabled a @@ -7767,14 +8603,16 @@ NAME="GETWDCACHE" calls. This can have a significant impact on performance, especially when the <A HREF="#WIDELINKS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->wide links</VAR +><I +>wide links</I +></TT > </A ->parameter is set to <CODE +>parameter is set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->no</CODE +>no</TT >.</P ><P >Default: <B @@ -7786,15 +8624,17 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="GROUP" ></A ->>group (S)</DT +>group (S)</DT ><DD ><P >Synonym for <A HREF="#FORCEGROUP" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >force - group</VAR + group</I +></TT ></A >.</P ></DD @@ -7802,15 +8642,17 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><A NAME="GUESTACCOUNT" ></A ->>guest account (S)</DT +>guest account (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This is a username which will be used for access to services which are specified as <A HREF="#GUESTOK" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> guest ok</VAR +><I +> guest ok</I +></TT ></A > (see below). Whatever privileges this user has will be available to any client connecting to the guest service. @@ -7838,13 +8680,10 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" many parts of the system require this value to be constant for correct operation.</P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >specified at compile time, usually "nobody"</I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Example: <B @@ -7856,37 +8695,31 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="GUESTOK" ></A ->>guest ok (S)</DT +>guest ok (S)</DT ><DD ><P ->If this parameter is <CODE +>If this parameter is <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</CODE +>yes</TT > for a service, then no password is required to connect to the service. Privileges will be those of the <A HREF="#GUESTACCOUNT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> guest account</VAR +><I +> guest account</I +></TT ></A >.</P ><P ->This paramater nullifies the benifits of setting - <A -HREF="#RESTRICTANONYMOUS" -><VAR -CLASS="PARAMETER" ->restrict - anonymous</VAR -></A -> = 2</P -><P >See the section below on <A HREF="#SECURITY" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> security</VAR +><I +> security</I +></TT ></A > for more information about this option. </P @@ -7900,27 +8733,31 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="GUESTONLY" ></A ->>guest only (S)</DT +>guest only (S)</DT ><DD ><P ->If this parameter is <CODE +>If this parameter is <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</CODE +>yes</TT > for a service, then only guest connections to the service are permitted. This parameter will have no effect if <A HREF="#GUESTOK" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->guest ok</VAR +><I +>guest ok</I +></TT ></A > is not set for the service.</P ><P >See the section below on <A HREF="#SECURITY" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> security</VAR +><I +> security</I +></TT ></A > for more information about this option. </P @@ -7934,7 +8771,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="HIDEDOTFILES" ></A ->>hide dot files (S)</DT +>hide dot files (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This is a boolean parameter that controls whether @@ -7949,7 +8786,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="HIDEFILES" ></A ->>hide files(S)</DT +>hide files(S)</DT ><DD ><P >This is a list of files or directories that are not @@ -7973,31 +8810,34 @@ NAME="HIDEFILES" ><P >See also <A HREF="#HIDEDOTFILES" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >hide - dot files</VAR + dot files</I +></TT ></A >, <A HREF="#VETOFILES" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> veto files</VAR +><I +> veto files</I +></TT ></A > and <A HREF="#CASESENSITIVE" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->case sensitive</VAR +><I +>case sensitive</I +></TT ></A >.</P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >no file are hidden</I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Example: <B @@ -8019,7 +8859,7 @@ TARGET="_top" ><A NAME="HIDELOCALUSERS" ></A ->>hide local users(G)</DT +>hide local users(G)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter toggles the hiding of local UNIX @@ -8034,7 +8874,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="HIDEUNREADABLE" ></A ->>hide unreadable (G)</DT +>hide unreadable (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter prevents clients from seeing the @@ -8049,7 +8889,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="HIDEUNWRITEABLEFILES" ></A ->>hide unwriteable files (G)</DT +>hide unwriteable files (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter prevents clients from seeing @@ -8066,7 +8906,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="HIDESPECIALFILES" ></A ->>hide special files (G)</DT +>hide special files (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter prevents clients from seeing @@ -8083,29 +8923,34 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="HOMEDIRMAP" ></A ->>homedir map (G)</DT +>homedir map (G)</DT ><DD ><P >If<A HREF="#NISHOMEDIR" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >nis homedir - </VAR + </I +></TT ></A -> is <CODE +> is <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</CODE ->, and <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN +>yes</TT +>, and <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +><B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>smbd(8)</B +></A > is also acting - as a Win95/98 <VAR + as a Win95/98 <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->logon server</VAR +><I +>logon server</I +></TT > then this parameter specifies the NIS (or YP) map from which the server for the user's home directory should be extracted. At present, only the Sun @@ -8120,46 +8965,29 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" the first ':'. There should probably be a better parsing system that copes with different map formats and also Amd (another automounter) maps.</P -><DIV -CLASS="NOTE" -><P -></P -><TABLE -CLASS="NOTE" -WIDTH="90%" -BORDER="0" -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="25" -ALIGN="CENTER" -VALIGN="TOP" -><IMG -SRC="/usr/share/sgml/docbook/stylesheet/dsssl/modular/images/note.gif" -HSPACE="5" -ALT="Note"></TD -><TD -ALIGN="LEFT" -VALIGN="TOP" ><P +><I +CLASS="EMPHASIS" +>NOTE :</I >A working NIS client is required on the system for this option to work.</P -></TD -></TR -></TABLE -></DIV ><P >See also <A HREF="#NISHOMEDIR" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->nis homedir</VAR +><I +>nis homedir</I +></TT > </A >, <A HREF="#DOMAINLOGONS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->domain logons</VAR +><I +>domain logons</I +></TT > </A >.</P @@ -8178,25 +9006,27 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="HOSTMSDFS" ></A ->>host msdfs (G)</DT +>host msdfs (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This boolean parameter is only available if Samba has been configured and compiled with the <B CLASS="COMMAND" > --with-msdfs</B -> option. If set to <CODE +> option. If set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</CODE +>yes</TT >, Samba will act as a Dfs server, and allow Dfs-aware clients to browse Dfs trees hosted on the server.</P ><P >See also the <A HREF="#MSDFSROOT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> msdfs root</VAR +><I +> msdfs root</I +></TT ></A > share level parameter. For more information on setting up a Dfs tree on Samba, @@ -8216,7 +9046,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="HOSTNAMELOOKUPS" ></A ->>hostname lookups (G)</DT +>hostname lookups (G)</DT ><DD ><P >Specifies whether samba should use (expensive) @@ -8245,13 +9075,15 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="HOSTSALLOW" ></A ->>hosts allow (S)</DT +>hosts allow (S)</DT ><DD ><P ->A synonym for this parameter is <VAR +>A synonym for this parameter is <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >allow - hosts</VAR + hosts</I +></TT >.</P ><P >This parameter is a comma, space, or tab delimited @@ -8278,20 +9110,19 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" >Note that the localhost address 127.0.0.1 will always be allowed access unless specifically denied by a <A HREF="#HOSTSDENY" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->hosts deny</VAR +><I +>hosts deny</I +></TT ></A > option.</P ><P >You can also specify hosts by network/netmask pairs and by netgroup names if your system supports netgroups. The - <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >EXCEPT</I -></SPAN > keyword can also be used to limit a wildcard list. The following examples may provide some help:</P ><P @@ -8331,22 +9162,21 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><P >Note that access still requires suitable user-level passwords.</P ><P ->See <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->testparm</SPAN ->(1)</SPAN -> for a way of testing your host access - to see if it does what you expect.</P +>See <A +HREF="testparm.1.html" +TARGET="_top" +><B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>testparm(1)</B +> + </A +> for a way of testing your host access to see if it does + what you expect.</P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >none (i.e., all hosts permitted access) </I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Example: <B @@ -8359,34 +9189,32 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="HOSTSDENY" ></A ->>hosts deny (S)</DT +>hosts deny (S)</DT ><DD ><P ->The opposite of <VAR +>The opposite of <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->hosts allow</VAR -> - - hosts listed here are <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I +>hosts allow</I +></TT +> + - hosts listed here are <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >NOT</I -></SPAN > permitted access to services unless the specific services have their own lists to override - this one. Where the lists conflict, the <VAR + this one. Where the lists conflict, the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->allow</VAR +><I +>allow</I +></TT > list takes precedence.</P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >none (i.e., no hosts specifically excluded) </I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Example: <B @@ -8399,7 +9227,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="HOSTSEQUIV" ></A ->>hosts equiv (G)</DT +>hosts equiv (G)</DT ><DD ><P >If this global parameter is a non-null string, @@ -8409,68 +9237,49 @@ NAME="HOSTSEQUIV" ><P >This is not be confused with <A HREF="#HOSTSALLOW" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->hosts allow</VAR +><I +>hosts allow</I +></TT ></A > which is about hosts - access to services and is more useful for guest services. <VAR + access to services and is more useful for guest services. <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> hosts equiv</VAR +><I +> hosts equiv</I +></TT > may be useful for NT clients which will not supply passwords to Samba.</P -><DIV -CLASS="NOTE" -><P -></P -><TABLE -CLASS="NOTE" -WIDTH="90%" -BORDER="0" -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="25" -ALIGN="CENTER" -VALIGN="TOP" -><IMG -SRC="/usr/share/sgml/docbook/stylesheet/dsssl/modular/images/note.gif" -HSPACE="5" -ALT="Note"></TD -><TD -ALIGN="LEFT" -VALIGN="TOP" ><P ->The use of <VAR +><I +CLASS="EMPHASIS" +>NOTE :</I +> The use of <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >hosts equiv - </VAR + </I +></TT > can be a major security hole. This is because you are trusting the PC to supply the correct username. It is very easy to get a PC to supply a false username. I recommend that the - <VAR + <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->hosts equiv</VAR +><I +>hosts equiv</I +></TT > option be only used if you really know what you are doing, or perhaps on a home network where you trust - your spouse and kids. And only if you <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + your spouse and kids. And only if you <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >really</I -></SPAN > trust them :-).</P -></TD -></TR -></TABLE -></DIV ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >no host equivalences</I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Example: <B @@ -8482,32 +9291,35 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="INCLUDE" ></A ->>include (G)</DT +>include (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This allows you to include one config file inside another. The file is included literally, as though typed in place.</P ><P ->It takes the standard substitutions, except <VAR +>It takes the standard substitutions, except <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >%u - </VAR ->, <VAR + </I +></TT +>, <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->%P</VAR -> and <VAR +><I +>%P</I +></TT +> and <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->%S</VAR +><I +>%S</I +></TT >. </P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >no file included</I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Example: <B @@ -8520,7 +9332,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="INHERITACLS" ></A ->>inherit acls (S)</DT +>inherit acls (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter can be used to ensure @@ -8542,35 +9354,43 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="INHERITPERMISSIONS" ></A ->>inherit permissions (S)</DT +>inherit permissions (S)</DT ><DD ><P >The permissions on new files and directories are normally governed by <A HREF="#CREATEMASK" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> create mask</VAR +><I +> create mask</I +></TT ></A >, <A HREF="#DIRECTORYMASK" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->directory mask</VAR +><I +>directory mask</I +></TT ></A >, <A HREF="#FORCECREATEMODE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->force create mode</VAR +><I +>force create mode</I +></TT > </A > and <A HREF="#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >force - directory mode</VAR + directory mode</I +></TT ></A > but the boolean inherit permissions parameter overrides this.</P @@ -8582,33 +9402,36 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" directory. Their execute bits continue to be determined by <A HREF="#MAPARCHIVE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->map archive</VAR +><I +>map archive</I +></TT > </A >, <A HREF="#MAPHIDDEN" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->map hidden</VAR +><I +>map hidden</I +></TT > </A > and <A HREF="#MAPSYSTEM" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->map system</VAR +><I +>map system</I +></TT > </A > as usual.</P ><P ->Note that the setuid bit is <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Note that the setuid bit is <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >never</I -></SPAN > set via inheritance (the code explicitly prohibits this).</P ><P @@ -8618,28 +9441,36 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" ><P >See also <A HREF="#CREATEMASK" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >create mask - </VAR + </I +></TT ></A >, <A HREF="#DIRECTORYMASK" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> directory mask</VAR +><I +> directory mask</I +></TT ></A >, <A HREF="#FORCECREATEMODE" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->force create mode</VAR +><I +>force create mode</I +></TT ></A > and <A HREF="#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->force directory mode</VAR +><I +>force directory mode</I +></TT > </A >.</P @@ -8653,7 +9484,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="INTERFACES" ></A ->>interfaces (G)</DT +>interfaces (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This option allows you to override the default @@ -8711,36 +9542,32 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><P >See also <A HREF="#BINDINTERFACESONLY" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >bind - interfaces only</VAR + interfaces only</I +></TT ></A >.</P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >all active interfaces except 127.0.0.1 that are broadcast capable</I -></SPAN ></P ></DD ><DT ><A NAME="INVALIDUSERS" ></A ->>invalid users (S)</DT +>invalid users (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This is a list of users that should not be allowed - to login to this service. This is really a <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + to login to this service. This is really a <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >paranoid</I -></SPAN > check to absolutely ensure an improper setting does not breach your security.</P @@ -8754,39 +9581,44 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" '&' is interpreted only by looking in the NIS netgroup database (this requires NIS to be working on your system). The characters '+' and '&' may be used at the start of the name in either order - so the value <VAR + so the value <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->+&group</VAR +><I +>+&group</I +></TT > means check the UNIX group database, followed by the NIS netgroup database, and - the value <VAR + the value <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->&+group</VAR +><I +>&+group</I +></TT > means check the NIS netgroup database, followed by the UNIX group database (the same as the '@' prefix).</P ><P ->The current servicename is substituted for <VAR +>The current servicename is substituted for <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->%S</VAR +><I +>%S</I +></TT >. This is useful in the [homes] section.</P ><P >See also <A HREF="#VALIDUSERS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >valid users - </VAR + </I +></TT ></A >.</P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >no invalid users</I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Example: <B @@ -8799,13 +9631,15 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="KEEPALIVE" ></A ->>keepalive (G)</DT +>keepalive (G)</DT ><DD ><P >The value of the parameter (an integer) represents - the number of seconds between <VAR + the number of seconds between <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->keepalive</VAR +><I +>keepalive</I +></TT > packets. If this parameter is zero, no keepalive packets will be sent. Keepalive packets, if sent, allow the server to tell whether @@ -8814,9 +9648,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" >Keepalives should, in general, not be needed if the socket being used has the SO_KEEPALIVE attribute set on it (see <A HREF="#SOCKETOPTIONS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->socket options</VAR +><I +>socket options</I +></TT ></A >). Basically you should only use this option if you strike difficulties.</P @@ -8835,60 +9671,67 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="KERNELOPLOCKS" ></A ->>kernel oplocks (G)</DT +>kernel oplocks (G)</DT ><DD ><P >For UNIXes that support kernel based <A HREF="#OPLOCKS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->oplocks</VAR +><I +>oplocks</I +></TT ></A > (currently only IRIX and the Linux 2.4 kernel), this parameter allows the use of them to be turned on or off.</P ><P ->Kernel oplocks support allows Samba <VAR +>Kernel oplocks support allows Samba <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >oplocks - </VAR + </I +></TT > to be broken whenever a local UNIX process or NFS operation - accesses a file that <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN -> has oplocked. This allows complete - data consistency between SMB/CIFS, NFS and local file access (and is - a <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + accesses a file that <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +><B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>smbd(8)</B +> + </A +> has oplocked. This allows complete data consistency between + SMB/CIFS, NFS and local file access (and is a <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >very</I -></SPAN -> cool feature :-).</P +> + cool feature :-).</P ><P ->This parameter defaults to <CODE +>This parameter defaults to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->on</CODE +>on</TT >, but is translated to a no-op on systems that no not have the necessary kernel support. You should never need to touch this parameter.</P ><P >See also the <A HREF="#OPLOCKS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->oplocks</VAR +><I +>oplocks</I +></TT > </A > and <A HREF="#LEVEL2OPLOCKS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >level2 oplocks - </VAR + </I +></TT ></A > parameters.</P ><P @@ -8901,19 +9744,18 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="LANMANAUTH" ></A ->>lanman auth (G)</DT +>lanman auth (G)</DT ><DD ><P ->This parameter determines whether or not <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN -> will attempt to authenticate users - using the LANMAN password hash. If disabled, only clients which support NT - password hashes (e.g. Windows NT/2000 clients, smbclient, etc... but not - Windows 95/98 or the MS DOS network client) will be able to connect to the Samba host.</P +>This parameter determines whether or not <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +>smbd</A +> will + attempt to authenticate users using the LANMAN password hash. + If disabled, only clients which support NT password hashes (e.g. Windows + NT/2000 clients, smbclient, etc... but not Windows 95/98 or the MS DOS + network client) will be able to connect to the Samba host.</P ><P >Default : <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -8924,17 +9766,15 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="LARGEREADWRITE" ></A ->>large readwrite (G)</DT +>large readwrite (G)</DT ><DD ><P ->This parameter determines whether or not <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN -> supports the new 64k streaming - read and write varient SMB requests introduced +>This parameter determines whether or not <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +>smbd</A +> + supports the new 64k streaming read and write varient SMB requests introduced with Windows 2000. Note that due to Windows 2000 client redirector bugs this requires Samba to be running on a 64-bit capable operating system such as IRIX, Solaris or a Linux 2.4 kernel. Can improve performance by 10% with @@ -8951,37 +9791,43 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="LDAPADMINDN" ></A ->>ldap admin dn (G)</DT +>ldap admin dn (G)</DT ><DD ><P -> The <VAR +>The <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->ldap admin dn</VAR +><I +>ldap admin dn</I +></TT > defines the Distinguished Name (DN) name used by Samba to contact the ldap server when retreiving - user account information. The <VAR + user account information. The <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >ldap - admin dn</VAR + admin dn</I +></TT > is used in conjunction with the admin dn password stored in the <TT CLASS="FILENAME" >private/secrets.tdb</TT > file. See the - <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbpasswd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN -> man page for more information on how - to accmplish this.</P + <A +HREF="smbpasswd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +><B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>smbpasswd(8)</B +></A +> man + page for more information on how to accomplish this. + </P ></DD ><DT ><A NAME="LDAPDELETEDN" ></A ->>ldap delete dn (G)</DT +>>ldap del only sam attr (G)</DT ><DD ><P > This parameter specifies whether a delete @@ -8989,29 +9835,44 @@ NAME="LDAPDELETEDN" specific to Samba. </P ><P ->Default : <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default : <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >ldap delete dn = no</I -></SPAN ></P ></DD ><DT ><A +NAME="LDAPDELONLYSAMATTR" +></A +>>ldap del only sam attr (G)</DT +><DD +><P +> Inverted synonym for <A +HREF="#LDAPDELETEDN" +><TT +CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I +> ldap delete dn</I +></TT +></A +>. + </P +></DD +><DT +><A NAME="LDAPFILTER" ></A ->>ldap filter (G)</DT +>ldap filter (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter specifies the RFC 2254 compliant LDAP search filter. - The default is to match the login name with the <CODE + The default is to match the login name with the <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->uid</CODE +>uid</TT > - attribute for all entries matching the <CODE + attribute for all entries matching the <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->sambaAccount</CODE +>sambaAccount</TT > objectclass. Note that this filter should only return one entry. </P @@ -9025,7 +9886,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="LDAPPORT" ></A ->>ldap port (G)</DT +>ldap port (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter is only available if Samba has been @@ -9039,9 +9900,11 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" > This option is used to control the tcp port number used to contact the <A HREF="#LDAPSERVER" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->ldap server</VAR +><I +>ldap server</I +></TT ></A >. The default is to use the stand LDAPS port 636. @@ -9067,7 +9930,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="LDAPSERVER" ></A ->>ldap server (G)</DT +>ldap server (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter is only available if Samba has been @@ -9091,17 +9954,14 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="LDAPSSL" ></A ->>ldap ssl (G)</DT +>ldap ssl (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This option is used to define whether or not Samba should use SSL when connecting to the ldap server - This is <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + This is <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >NOT</I -></SPAN > related to Samba's previous SSL support which was enabled by specifying the <B @@ -9114,9 +9974,11 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" script. </P ><P -> The <VAR +> The <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->ldap ssl</VAR +><I +>ldap ssl</I +></TT > can be set to one of three values: </P ><P @@ -9124,29 +9986,37 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><UL ><LI ><P -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->Off</VAR +><I +>Off</I +></TT > = Never use SSL when querying the directory.</P ></LI ><LI ><P -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->Start_tls</VAR +><I +>Start_tls</I +></TT > = Use the LDAPv3 StartTLS extended operation (RFC2830) for communicating with the directory server.</P ></LI ><LI ><P -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->On</VAR +><I +>On</I +></TT > = Use SSL on the ldaps port when contacting the - <VAR + <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->ldap server</VAR +><I +>ldap server</I +></TT >. Only available when the backwards-compatiblity <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -9154,9 +10024,11 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" > option is specified to configure. See <A HREF="#PASSDBBACKEND" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->passdb backend</VAR +><I +>passdb backend</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -9171,7 +10043,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="LDAPSUFFIX" ></A ->>ldap suffix (G)</DT +>ldap suffix (G)</DT ><DD ><P >Specifies where user and machine accounts are added to the tree. Can be overriden by <B @@ -9182,56 +10054,47 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >ldap machine suffix</B >. It also used as the base dn for all ldap searches. </P ><P ->Default : <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default : <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >none</I -></SPAN ></P ></DD ><DT ><A NAME="LDAPUSERSUFFIX" ></A ->>ldap user suffix (G)</DT +>ldap user suffix (G)</DT ><DD ><P >It specifies where users are added to the tree. </P ><P ->Default : <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default : <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >none</I -></SPAN ></P ></DD ><DT ><A NAME="LDAPMACHINESUFFIX" ></A ->>ldap machine suffix (G)</DT +>ldap machine suffix (G)</DT ><DD ><P >It specifies where machines should be added to the ldap tree. </P ><P ->Default : <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default : <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >none</I -></SPAN ></P ></DD ><DT ><A NAME="LDAPPASSWDSYNC" ></A ->>ldap passwd sync (G)</DT +>ldap passwd sync (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This option is used to define whether @@ -9241,9 +10104,11 @@ NAME="LDAPPASSWDSYNC" change via SAMBA. </P ><P -> The <VAR +> The <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->ldap passwd sync</VAR +><I +>ldap passwd sync</I +></TT > can be set to one of three values: </P ><P @@ -9251,23 +10116,29 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><UL ><LI ><P -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->Yes</VAR +><I +>Yes</I +></TT > = Try to update the LDAP, NT and LM passwords and update the pwdLastSet time.</P ></LI ><LI ><P -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->No</VAR +><I +>No</I +></TT > = Update NT and LM passwords and update the pwdLastSet time.</P ></LI ><LI ><P -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->Only</VAR +><I +>Only</I +></TT > = Only update the LDAP password and let the LDAP server do the rest.</P ></LI ></UL @@ -9281,7 +10152,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="LDAPTRUSTIDS" ></A ->>ldap trust ids (G)</DT +>ldap trust ids (G)</DT ><DD ><P >Normally, Samba validates each entry @@ -9310,7 +10181,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="LEVEL2OPLOCKS" ></A ->>level2 oplocks (S)</DT +>level2 oplocks (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter controls whether Samba supports @@ -9338,41 +10209,49 @@ NAME="LEVEL2OPLOCKS" ><P >Currently, if <A HREF="#KERNELOPLOCKS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >kernel - oplocks</VAR + oplocks</I +></TT ></A > are supported then level2 oplocks are - not granted (even if this parameter is set to <CODE + not granted (even if this parameter is set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</CODE +>yes</TT >). Note also, the <A HREF="#OPLOCKS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->oplocks</VAR +><I +>oplocks</I +></TT > </A -> parameter must be set to <CODE +> parameter must be set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</CODE +>yes</TT > on this share in order for this parameter to have any effect.</P ><P >See also the <A HREF="#OPLOCKS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->oplocks</VAR +><I +>oplocks</I +></TT > </A > and <A HREF="#OPLOCKS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->kernel oplocks</VAR +><I +>kernel oplocks</I +></TT > </A > parameters.</P @@ -9386,62 +10265,69 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="LMANNOUNCE" ></A ->>lm announce (G)</DT +>lm announce (G)</DT ><DD ><P ->This parameter determines if <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->nmbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN +>This parameter determines if <A +HREF="nmbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +> <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>nmbd(8)</B +></A > will produce Lanman announce broadcasts that are needed by OS/2 clients in order for them to see the Samba server in their browse list. This parameter can have three - values, <CODE + values, <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</CODE ->, <CODE +>yes</TT +>, <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->no</CODE +>no</TT >, or - <CODE + <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->auto</CODE ->. The default is <CODE +>auto</TT +>. The default is <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->auto</CODE +>auto</TT >. - If set to <CODE + If set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->no</CODE +>no</TT > Samba will never produce these - broadcasts. If set to <CODE + broadcasts. If set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</CODE +>yes</TT > Samba will produce Lanman announce broadcasts at a frequency set by the parameter - <VAR + <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->lm interval</VAR ->. If set to <CODE +><I +>lm interval</I +></TT +>. If set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->auto</CODE +>auto</TT > Samba will not send Lanman announce broadcasts by default but will listen for them. If it hears such a broadcast on the wire it will then start sending them at a frequency set by the parameter - <VAR + <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->lm interval</VAR +><I +>lm interval</I +></TT >.</P ><P >See also <A HREF="#LMINTERVAL" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >lm interval - </VAR + </I +></TT ></A >.</P ><P @@ -9459,31 +10345,37 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="LMINTERVAL" ></A ->>lm interval (G)</DT +>lm interval (G)</DT ><DD ><P >If Samba is set to produce Lanman announce broadcasts needed by OS/2 clients (see the <A HREF="#LMANNOUNCE" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->lm announce</VAR +><I +>lm announce</I +></TT ></A > parameter) then this parameter defines the frequency in seconds with which they will be made. If this is set to zero then no Lanman announcements will be - made despite the setting of the <VAR + made despite the setting of the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->lm announce</VAR +><I +>lm announce</I +></TT > parameter.</P ><P >See also <A HREF="#LMANNOUNCE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >lm - announce</VAR + announce</I +></TT ></A >.</P ><P @@ -9501,13 +10393,13 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="LOADPRINTERS" ></A ->>load printers (G)</DT +>load printers (G)</DT ><DD ><P >A boolean variable that controls whether all printers in the printcap will be loaded for browsing by default. See the <A -HREF="#AEN80" +HREF="#AEN79" >printers</A > section for more details.</P @@ -9521,62 +10413,54 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="LOCALMASTER" ></A ->>local master (G)</DT +>local master (G)</DT ><DD ><P ->This option allows <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->nmbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN +>This option allows <A +HREF="nmbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +><B +CLASS="COMMAND" +> nmbd(8)</B +></A > to try and become a local master browser - on a subnet. If set to <CODE + on a subnet. If set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->no</CODE +>no</TT > then <B CLASS="COMMAND" > nmbd</B > will not attempt to become a local master browser on a subnet and will also lose in all browsing elections. By - default this value is set to <CODE + default this value is set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</CODE ->. Setting this value to <CODE +>yes</TT +>. Setting this value to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</CODE +>yes</TT > doesn't - mean that Samba will <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + mean that Samba will <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >become</I -></SPAN > the local master browser on a subnet, just that <B CLASS="COMMAND" >nmbd</B -> will <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +> will <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" > participate</I -></SPAN > in elections for local master browser.</P ><P ->Setting this value to <CODE +>Setting this value to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->no</CODE +>no</TT > will cause <B CLASS="COMMAND" >nmbd</B > - <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >never</I -></SPAN > to become a local master browser.</P ><P >Default: <B @@ -9588,14 +10472,16 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="LOCKDIR" ></A ->>lock dir (G)</DT +>lock dir (G)</DT ><DD ><P >Synonym for <A HREF="#LOCKDIRECTORY" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> lock directory</VAR +><I +> lock directory</I +></TT ></A >.</P ></DD @@ -9603,16 +10489,18 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><A NAME="LOCKDIRECTORY" ></A ->>lock directory (G)</DT +>lock directory (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This option specifies the directory where lock files will be placed. The lock files are used to implement the <A HREF="#MAXCONNECTIONS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->max connections</VAR +><I +>max connections</I +></TT > </A > option.</P @@ -9632,7 +10520,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="LOCKSPINCOUNT" ></A ->>lock spin count (G)</DT +>lock spin count (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter controls the number of times @@ -9655,17 +10543,19 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="LOCKSPINTIME" ></A ->>lock spin time (G)</DT +>lock spin time (G)</DT ><DD ><P >The time in microseconds that smbd should pause before attempting to gain a failed lock. See <A HREF="#LOCKSPINCOUNT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >lock spin - count</VAR + count</I +></TT ></A > for more details. </P @@ -9680,7 +10570,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="LOCKING" ></A ->>locking (S)</DT +>locking (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This controls whether or not locking will be @@ -9700,23 +10590,17 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >, real locking will be performed by the server.</P ><P ->This option <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>This option <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >may</I -></SPAN > be useful for read-only - filesystems which <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + filesystems which <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >may</I -></SPAN > not need locking (such as - CDROM drives), although setting this parameter of <CODE + CDROM drives), although setting this parameter of <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->no</CODE +>no</TT > is not really recommended even in this case.</P ><P @@ -9733,7 +10617,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="LOGFILE" ></A ->>log file (G)</DT +>log file (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This option allows you to override the name @@ -9752,7 +10636,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="LOGLEVEL" ></A ->>log level (G)</DT +>log level (G)</DT ><DD ><P >The value of the parameter (a astring) allows @@ -9778,15 +10662,17 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="LOGONDRIVE" ></A ->>logon drive (G)</DT +>logon drive (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter specifies the local path to which the home directory will be connected (see <A HREF="#LOGONHOME" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->logon home</VAR +><I +>logon home</I +></TT ></A >) and is only used by NT Workstations. </P @@ -9808,19 +10694,21 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="LOGONHOME" ></A ->>logon home (G)</DT +>logon home (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter specifies the home directory location when a Win95/98 or NT Workstation logs into a Samba PDC. It allows you to do </P ><P -><SAMP +><TT CLASS="PROMPT" ->C:\> </SAMP -><KBD +>C:\> </TT +><TT CLASS="USERINPUT" ->NET USE H: /HOME</KBD +><B +>NET USE H: /HOME</B +></TT > </P ><P @@ -9849,14 +10737,18 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><P >Note that in prior versions of Samba, the <A HREF="#LOGONPATH" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->logon path</VAR +><I +>logon path</I +></TT ></A > was returned rather than - <VAR + <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->logon home</VAR +><I +>logon home</I +></TT >. This broke <B CLASS="COMMAND" >net use @@ -9883,7 +10775,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="LOGONPATH" ></A ->>logon path (G)</DT +>logon path (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter specifies the home directory @@ -9892,9 +10784,11 @@ NAME="LOGONPATH" nothing to do with Win 9X roaming profiles. To find out how to handle roaming profiles for Win 9X system, see the <A HREF="#LOGONHOME" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->logon home</VAR +><I +>logon home</I +></TT ></A > parameter.</P ><P @@ -9927,12 +10821,9 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" >Thereafter, the directories and any of the contents can, if required, be made read-only. It is not advisable that the NTuser.dat file be made read-only - rename it to NTuser.man to - achieve the desired effect (a <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + achieve the desired effect (a <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >MAN</I -></SPAN >datory profile). </P ><P @@ -9962,7 +10853,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="LOGONSCRIPT" ></A ->>logon script (G)</DT +>logon script (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter specifies the batch file (.bat) or @@ -9974,9 +10865,11 @@ NAME="LOGONSCRIPT" >The script must be a relative path to the [netlogon] service. If the [netlogon] service specifies a <A HREF="#PATH" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->path</VAR +><I +>path</I +></TT ></A > of <TT CLASS="FILENAME" @@ -10020,12 +10913,9 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >This option is only useful if Samba is set up as a logon server.</P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >no logon script defined</I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Example: <B @@ -10037,7 +10927,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="LPPAUSECOMMAND" ></A ->>lppause command (S)</DT +>lppause command (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter specifies the command to be @@ -10049,21 +10939,29 @@ NAME="LPPAUSECOMMAND" of implementing this is by using job priorities, where jobs having a too low priority won't be sent to the printer.</P ><P ->If a <VAR +>If a <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->%p</VAR +><I +>%p</I +></TT > is given then the printer name - is put in its place. A <VAR + is put in its place. A <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->%j</VAR +><I +>%j</I +></TT > is replaced with - the job number (an integer). On HPUX (see <VAR + the job number (an integer). On HPUX (see <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >printing=hpux - </VAR ->), if the <VAR + </I +></TT +>), if the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->-p%p</VAR +><I +>-p%p</I +></TT > option is added to the lpq command, the job will show up with the correct status, i.e. if the job priority is lower than the set fence priority it will @@ -10075,21 +10973,25 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P >See also the <A HREF="#PRINTING" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >printing - </VAR + </I +></TT ></A > parameter.</P ><P >Default: Currently no default value is given to - this string, unless the value of the <VAR + this string, unless the value of the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->printing</VAR +><I +>printing</I +></TT > - parameter is <CODE + parameter is <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->SYSV</CODE +>SYSV</TT >, in which case the default is :</P ><P ><B @@ -10097,13 +10999,15 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >lp -i %p-%j -H hold</B ></P ><P ->or if the value of the <VAR +>or if the value of the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->printing</VAR +><I +>printing</I +></TT > parameter - is <CODE + is <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->SOFTQ</CODE +>SOFTQ</TT >, then the default is:</P ><P ><B @@ -10121,7 +11025,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="LPQCACHETIME" ></A ->>lpq cache time (G)</DT +>lpq cache time (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This controls how long lpq info will be cached @@ -10163,10 +11067,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><P >See also the <A HREF="#PRINTING" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >printing - </VAR + </I +></TT ></A > parameter.</P ><P @@ -10184,7 +11090,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="LPQCOMMAND" ></A ->>lpq command (S)</DT +>lpq command (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter specifies the command to be @@ -10201,9 +11107,11 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >Currently nine styles of printer status information are supported; BSD, AIX, LPRNG, PLP, SYSV, HPUX, QNX, CUPS, and SOFTQ. This covers most UNIX systems. You control which type is expected - using the <VAR + using the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->printing =</VAR +><I +>printing =</I +></TT > option.</P ><P >Some clients (notably Windows for Workgroups) may not @@ -10212,47 +11120,54 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" server reports on the first printer service connected to by the client. This only happens if the connection number sent is invalid.</P ><P ->If a <VAR +>If a <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->%p</VAR +><I +>%p</I +></TT > is given then the printer name is put in its place. Otherwise it is placed at the end of the command.</P ><P >Note that it is good practice to include the absolute path - in the <VAR + in the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->lpq command</VAR -> as the <VAR +><I +>lpq command</I +></TT +> as the <TT CLASS="ENVAR" >$PATH - </VAR + </TT > may not be available to the server. When compiled with - the CUPS libraries, no <VAR + the CUPS libraries, no <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->lpq command</VAR +><I +>lpq command</I +></TT > is needed because smbd will make a library call to obtain the print queue listing.</P ><P >See also the <A HREF="#PRINTING" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >printing - </VAR + </I +></TT ></A > parameter.</P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->depends on the setting of <VAR +>depends on the setting of <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> printing</VAR +><I +> printing</I +></TT ></I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Example: <B @@ -10264,7 +11179,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="LPRESUMECOMMAND" ></A ->>lpresume command (S)</DT +>lpresume command (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter specifies the command to be @@ -10275,47 +11190,59 @@ NAME="LPRESUMECOMMAND" a printer name and job number to resume the print job. See also the <A HREF="#LPPAUSECOMMAND" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >lppause command - </VAR + </I +></TT ></A > parameter.</P ><P ->If a <VAR +>If a <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->%p</VAR +><I +>%p</I +></TT > is given then the printer name - is put in its place. A <VAR + is put in its place. A <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->%j</VAR +><I +>%j</I +></TT > is replaced with the job number (an integer).</P ><P >Note that it is good practice to include the absolute path - in the <VAR + in the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->lpresume command</VAR +><I +>lpresume command</I +></TT > as the PATH may not be available to the server.</P ><P >See also the <A HREF="#PRINTING" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >printing - </VAR + </I +></TT ></A > parameter.</P ><P >Default: Currently no default value is given - to this string, unless the value of the <VAR + to this string, unless the value of the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->printing</VAR +><I +>printing</I +></TT > - parameter is <CODE + parameter is <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->SYSV</CODE +>SYSV</TT >, in which case the default is :</P ><P ><B @@ -10323,13 +11250,15 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >lp -i %p-%j -H resume</B ></P ><P ->or if the value of the <VAR +>or if the value of the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->printing</VAR +><I +>printing</I +></TT > parameter - is <CODE + is <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->SOFTQ</CODE +>SOFTQ</TT >, then the default is:</P ><P ><B @@ -10347,7 +11276,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="LPRMCOMMAND" ></A ->>lprm command (S)</DT +>lprm command (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter specifies the command to be @@ -10356,42 +11285,49 @@ NAME="LPRMCOMMAND" >This command should be a program or script which takes a printer name and job number, and deletes the print job.</P ><P ->If a <VAR +>If a <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->%p</VAR +><I +>%p</I +></TT > is given then the printer name - is put in its place. A <VAR + is put in its place. A <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->%j</VAR +><I +>%j</I +></TT > is replaced with the job number (an integer).</P ><P >Note that it is good practice to include the absolute - path in the <VAR + path in the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->lprm command</VAR +><I +>lprm command</I +></TT > as the PATH may not be available to the server.</P ><P >See also the <A HREF="#PRINTING" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >printing - </VAR + </I +></TT ></A > parameter.</P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->depends on the setting of <VAR +>depends on the setting of <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >printing - </VAR + </I +></TT ></I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Example 1: <B @@ -10410,7 +11346,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="MACHINEPASSWORDTIMEOUT" ></A ->>machine password timeout (G)</DT +>machine password timeout (G)</DT ><DD ><P >If a Samba server is a member of a Windows @@ -10431,12 +11367,14 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" will be changed, in seconds. The default is one week (expressed in seconds), the same as a Windows NT Domain member server.</P ><P ->See also <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbpasswd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN +>See also <A +HREF="smbpasswd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +><B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>smbpasswd(8) + </B +></A >, and the <A HREF="#SECURITYEQUALSDOMAIN" > security = domain</A @@ -10451,24 +11389,28 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="MAGICOUTPUT" ></A ->>magic output (S)</DT +>magic output (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter specifies the name of a file which will contain output created by a magic script (see the <A HREF="#MAGICSCRIPT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->magic script</VAR +><I +>magic script</I +></TT ></A > parameter below).</P ><P ->Warning: If two clients use the same <VAR +>Warning: If two clients use the same <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >magic script - </VAR + </I +></TT > in the same directory the output file content is undefined.</P ><P @@ -10487,7 +11429,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="MAGICSCRIPT" ></A ->>magic script (S)</DT +>magic script (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter specifies the name of a file which, @@ -10502,45 +11444,35 @@ NAME="MAGICSCRIPT" >If the script generates output, output will be sent to the file specified by the <A HREF="#MAGICOUTPUT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> magic output</VAR +><I +> magic output</I +></TT ></A > parameter (see above).</P ><P >Note that some shells are unable to interpret scripts containing CR/LF instead of CR as the end-of-line marker. Magic scripts must be executable - <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >as is</I -></SPAN > on the host, which for some hosts and some shells will require filtering at the DOS end.</P ><P ->Magic scripts are <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Magic scripts are <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >EXPERIMENTAL</I -></SPAN > and - should <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + should <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >NOT</I -></SPAN > be relied upon.</P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >None. Magic scripts disabled.</I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Example: <B @@ -10552,11 +11484,11 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="MANGLECASE" ></A ->>mangle case (S)</DT +>mangle case (S)</DT ><DD ><P >See the section on <A -HREF="#AEN207" +HREF="#AEN205" > NAME MANGLING</A ></P ><P @@ -10569,7 +11501,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="MANGLEDMAP" ></A ->>mangled map (S)</DT +>mangled map (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This is for those who want to directly map UNIX @@ -10607,12 +11539,9 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" > off the ends of filenames on some CDROMs (only visible under some UNIXes). To do this use a map of (*;1 *;).</P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >no mangled map</I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Example: <B @@ -10624,7 +11553,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="MANGLEDNAMES" ></A ->>mangled names (S)</DT +>mangled names (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This controls whether non-DOS names under UNIX @@ -10632,7 +11561,7 @@ NAME="MANGLEDNAMES" or whether non-DOS names should simply be ignored.</P ><P >See the section on <A -HREF="#AEN207" +HREF="#AEN205" > NAME MANGLING</A > for details on how to control the mangling process.</P ><P @@ -10659,9 +11588,11 @@ HREF="#AEN207" >Note that the character to use may be specified using the <A HREF="#MANGLINGCHAR" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->mangling char</VAR +><I +>mangling char</I +></TT > </A > option, if you don't like '~'.</P @@ -10707,7 +11638,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="MANGLINGMETHOD" ></A ->>mangling method (G)</DT +>mangling method (G)</DT ><DD ><P > controls the algorithm used for the generating @@ -10733,7 +11664,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="MANGLEPREFIX" ></A ->>mangle prefix (G)</DT +>mangle prefix (G)</DT ><DD ><P > controls the number of prefix @@ -10756,16 +11687,14 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="MANGLEDSTACK" ></A ->>mangled stack (G)</DT +>mangled stack (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter controls the number of mangled names - that should be cached in the Samba server <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN + that should be cached in the Samba server <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +> smbd(8)</A >.</P ><P >This stack is a list of recently mangled base names @@ -10795,18 +11724,15 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="MANGLINGCHAR" ></A ->>mangling char (S)</DT +>mangling char (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This controls what character is used as - the <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + the <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >magic</I -></SPAN > character in <A -HREF="#AEN207" +HREF="#AEN205" >name mangling</A >. The default is a '~' but this may interfere with some software. Use this option to set @@ -10826,7 +11752,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="MAPARCHIVE" ></A ->>map archive (S)</DT +>map archive (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This controls whether the DOS archive attribute @@ -10836,16 +11762,20 @@ NAME="MAPARCHIVE" any file it touches from becoming executable under UNIX. This can be quite annoying for shared source code, documents, etc...</P ><P ->Note that this requires the <VAR +>Note that this requires the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->create mask</VAR +><I +>create mask</I +></TT > parameter to be set such that owner execute bit is not masked out (i.e. it must include 100). See the parameter <A HREF="#CREATEMASK" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->create mask</VAR +><I +>create mask</I +></TT ></A > for details.</P ><P @@ -10858,22 +11788,26 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="MAPHIDDEN" ></A ->>map hidden (S)</DT +>map hidden (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This controls whether DOS style hidden files should be mapped to the UNIX world execute bit.</P ><P ->Note that this requires the <VAR +>Note that this requires the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->create mask</VAR +><I +>create mask</I +></TT > to be set such that the world execute bit is not masked out (i.e. it must include 001). See the parameter <A HREF="#CREATEMASK" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->create mask</VAR +><I +>create mask</I +></TT ></A > for details.</P ><P @@ -10886,22 +11820,26 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="MAPSYSTEM" ></A ->>map system (S)</DT +>map system (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This controls whether DOS style system files should be mapped to the UNIX group execute bit.</P ><P ->Note that this requires the <VAR +>Note that this requires the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->create mask</VAR +><I +>create mask</I +></TT > to be set such that the group execute bit is not masked out (i.e. it must include 010). See the parameter <A HREF="#CREATEMASK" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->create mask</VAR +><I +>create mask</I +></TT ></A > for details.</P ><P @@ -10914,35 +11852,35 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="MAPTOGUEST" ></A ->>map to guest (G)</DT +>map to guest (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter is only useful in <A HREF="#SECURITY" > security</A -> modes other than <VAR +> modes other than <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->security = share</VAR +><I +>security = share</I +></TT > - - i.e. <CODE + - i.e. <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->user</CODE ->, <CODE +>user</TT +>, <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->server</CODE +>server</TT >, - and <CODE + and <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->domain</CODE +>domain</TT >.</P ><P >This parameter can take three different values, which tell - <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN + <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +>smbd(8)</A > what to do with user login requests that don't match a valid UNIX user in some way.</P ><P @@ -10952,34 +11890,36 @@ CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ><UL ><LI ><P -><CODE +><TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->Never</CODE +>Never</TT > - Means user login requests with an invalid password are rejected. This is the default.</P ></LI ><LI ><P -><CODE +><TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->Bad User</CODE +>Bad User</TT > - Means user logins with an invalid password are rejected, unless the username does not exist, in which case it is treated as a guest login and mapped into the <A HREF="#GUESTACCOUNT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> guest account</VAR +><I +> guest account</I +></TT ></A >.</P ></LI ><LI ><P -><CODE +><TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->Bad Password</CODE +>Bad Password</TT > - Means user logins with an invalid password are treated as a guest login and mapped into the <A @@ -10991,41 +11931,39 @@ HREF="#GUESTACCOUNT" will not know the reason they cannot access files they think they should - there will have been no message given to them that they got their password wrong. Helpdesk services will - <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >hate</I -></SPAN -> you if you set the <VAR +> you if you set the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >map to - guest</VAR + guest</I +></TT > parameter this way :-).</P ></LI ></UL ><P >Note that this parameter is needed to set up "Guest" - share services when using <VAR + share services when using <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->security</VAR +><I +>security</I +></TT > modes other than share. This is because in these modes the name of the resource being - requested is <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + requested is <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >not</I -></SPAN > sent to the server until after the server has successfully authenticated the client so the server cannot make authentication decisions at the correct time (connection to the share) for "Guest" shares.</P ><P >For people familiar with the older Samba releases, this - parameter maps to the old compile-time setting of the <CODE + parameter maps to the old compile-time setting of the <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" -> GUEST_SESSSETUP</CODE +> GUEST_SESSSETUP</TT > value in local.h.</P ><P >Default: <B @@ -11042,14 +11980,16 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="MAXCONNECTIONS" ></A ->>max connections (S)</DT +>max connections (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This option allows the number of simultaneous - connections to a service to be limited. If <VAR + connections to a service to be limited. If <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >max connections - </VAR + </I +></TT > is greater than 0 then connections will be refused if this number of connections to the service are already open. A value of zero mean an unlimited number of connections may be made.</P @@ -11057,9 +11997,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" >Record lock files are used to implement this feature. The lock files will be stored in the directory specified by the <A HREF="#LOCKDIRECTORY" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->lock directory</VAR +><I +>lock directory</I +></TT ></A > option.</P @@ -11078,7 +12020,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="MAXDISKSIZE" ></A ->>max disk size (G)</DT +>max disk size (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This option allows you to put an upper limit @@ -11090,19 +12032,23 @@ NAME="MAXDISKSIZE" data you can put on the disk. In the above case you could still store much more than 100 MB on the disk, but if a client ever asks for the amount of free disk space or the total disk size then the - result will be bounded by the amount specified in <VAR + result will be bounded by the amount specified in <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >max - disk size</VAR + disk size</I +></TT >.</P ><P >This option is primarily useful to work around bugs in some pieces of software that can't handle very large disks, particularly disks over 1GB in size.</P ><P ->A <VAR +>A <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->max disk size</VAR +><I +>max disk size</I +></TT > of 0 means no limit.</P ><P >Default: <B @@ -11119,7 +12065,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="MAXLOGSIZE" ></A ->>max log size (G)</DT +>max log size (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This option (an integer in kilobytes) specifies @@ -11146,7 +12092,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="MAXMUX" ></A ->>max mux (G)</DT +>max mux (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This option controls the maximum number of @@ -11162,16 +12108,14 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="MAXOPENFILES" ></A ->>max open files (G)</DT +>max open files (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter limits the maximum number of - open files that one <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN + open files that one <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +>smbd(8)</A > file serving process may have open for a client at any one time. The default for this parameter is set very high (10,000) as Samba uses @@ -11190,24 +12134,27 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="MAXPRINTJOBS" ></A ->>max print jobs (S)</DT +>max print jobs (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter limits the maximum number of jobs allowable in a Samba printer queue at any given moment. - If this number is exceeded, <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN + If this number is exceeded, <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +><B +CLASS="COMMAND" +> smbd(8)</B +></A > will remote "Out of Space" to the client. See all <A HREF="#TOTALPRINTJOBS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >total - print jobs</VAR + print jobs</I +></TT ></A >. </P @@ -11226,7 +12173,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="MAXPROTOCOL" ></A ->>max protocol (G)</DT +>max protocol (G)</DT ><DD ><P >The value of the parameter (a string) is the highest @@ -11238,47 +12185,44 @@ NAME="MAXPROTOCOL" ><UL ><LI ><P -><CODE +><TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->CORE</CODE +>CORE</TT >: Earliest version. No concept of user names.</P ></LI ><LI ><P -><CODE +><TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->COREPLUS</CODE +>COREPLUS</TT >: Slight improvements on CORE for efficiency.</P ></LI ><LI ><P -><CODE +><TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->LANMAN1</CODE ->: First <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>LANMAN1</TT +>: First <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" > modern</I -></SPAN > version of the protocol. Long filename support.</P ></LI ><LI ><P -><CODE +><TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->LANMAN2</CODE +>LANMAN2</TT >: Updates to Lanman1 protocol. </P ></LI ><LI ><P -><CODE +><TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->NT1</CODE +>NT1</TT >: Current up to date version of the protocol. Used by Windows NT. Known as CIFS.</P ></LI @@ -11290,10 +12234,12 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT" ><P >See also <A HREF="#MINPROTOCOL" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >min - protocol</VAR + protocol</I +></TT ></A ></P ><P @@ -11311,7 +12257,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="MAXSMBDPROCESSES" ></A ->>max smbd processes (G)</DT +>max smbd processes (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter limits the maximum number of @@ -11327,12 +12273,10 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" as a stopgap to prevent degrading service to clients in the event that the server has insufficient resources to handle more than this number of connections. Remember that under normal operating - conditions, each user will have an <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN + conditions, each user will have an <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +>smbd</A > associated with him or her to handle connections to all shares from a given host. </P @@ -11351,15 +12295,13 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="MAXTTL" ></A ->>max ttl (G)</DT +>max ttl (G)</DT ><DD ><P ->This option tells <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->nmbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN +>This option tells <A +HREF="nmbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +>nmbd(8)</A > what the default 'time to live' of NetBIOS names should be (in seconds) when <B @@ -11378,20 +12320,21 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="MAXWINSTTL" ></A ->>max wins ttl (G)</DT +>max wins ttl (G)</DT ><DD ><P ->This option tells <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN +>This option tells <A +HREF="nmbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +>nmbd(8) + </A > when acting as a WINS server (<A HREF="#WINSSUPPORT" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->wins support = yes</VAR +><I +>wins support = yes</I +></TT ></A >) what the maximum 'time to live' of NetBIOS names that <B @@ -11403,10 +12346,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><P >See also the <A HREF="#MINWINSTTL" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >min - wins ttl</VAR + wins ttl</I +></TT ></A > parameter.</P ><P @@ -11419,7 +12364,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="MAXXMIT" ></A ->>max xmit (G)</DT +>max xmit (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This option controls the maximum packet size @@ -11442,7 +12387,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="MESSAGECOMMAND" ></A ->>message command (G)</DT +>message command (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This specifies what command to run when the @@ -11464,25 +12409,26 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" CLASS="COMMAND" >xedit</B >, then - removes it afterwards. <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + removes it afterwards. <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >NOTE THAT IT IS VERY IMPORTANT THAT THIS COMMAND RETURN IMMEDIATELY</I -></SPAN >. That's why I have the '&' on the end. If it doesn't return immediately then your PCs may freeze when sending messages (they should recover after 30 seconds, hopefully).</P ><P >All messages are delivered as the global guest user. - The command takes the standard substitutions, although <VAR + The command takes the standard substitutions, although <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> %u</VAR -> won't work (<VAR +><I +> %u</I +></TT +> won't work (<TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->%U</VAR +><I +>%U</I +></TT > may be better in this case).</P ><P @@ -11493,25 +12439,31 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><UL ><LI ><P -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->%s</VAR +><I +>%s</I +></TT > = the filename containing the message.</P ></LI ><LI ><P -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->%t</VAR +><I +>%t</I +></TT > = the destination that the message was sent to (probably the server name).</P ></LI ><LI ><P -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->%f</VAR +><I +>%f</I +></TT > = who the message is from.</P ></LI @@ -11542,12 +12494,9 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >message command = rm %s</B ></P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >no message command</I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Example: <B @@ -11560,14 +12509,16 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="MINPASSWDLENGTH" ></A ->>min passwd length (G)</DT +>min passwd length (G)</DT ><DD ><P >Synonym for <A HREF="#MINPASSWORDLENGTH" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->min password length</VAR +><I +>min password length</I +></TT ></A >.</P ></DD @@ -11575,7 +12526,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><A NAME="MINPASSWORDLENGTH" ></A ->>min password length (G)</DT +>min password length (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This option sets the minimum length in characters @@ -11587,22 +12538,28 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><P >See also <A HREF="#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >unix - password sync</VAR + password sync</I +></TT ></A >, <A HREF="#PASSWDPROGRAM" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->passwd program</VAR +><I +>passwd program</I +></TT ></A > and <A HREF="#PASSWDCHATDEBUG" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->passwd chat debug</VAR +><I +>passwd chat debug</I +></TT > </A >.</P @@ -11616,7 +12573,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="MINPRINTSPACE" ></A ->>min print space (S)</DT +>min print space (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This sets the minimum amount of free disk @@ -11626,10 +12583,12 @@ NAME="MINPRINTSPACE" ><P >See also the <A HREF="#PRINTING" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >printing - </VAR + </I +></TT ></A > parameter.</P ><P @@ -11647,16 +12606,18 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="MINPROTOCOL" ></A ->>min protocol (G)</DT +>min protocol (G)</DT ><DD ><P >The value of the parameter (a string) is the lowest SMB protocol dialect than Samba will support. Please refer to the <A HREF="#MAXPROTOCOL" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->max protocol</VAR +><I +>max protocol</I +></TT ></A > parameter for a list of valid protocol names and a brief description @@ -11670,10 +12631,12 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" >If you are viewing this parameter as a security measure, you should also refer to the <A HREF="#LANMANAUTH" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >lanman - auth</VAR + auth</I +></TT ></A > parameter. Otherwise, you should never need to change this parameter.</P @@ -11693,21 +12656,21 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="MINWINSTTL" ></A ->>min wins ttl (G)</DT +>min wins ttl (G)</DT ><DD ><P ->This option tells <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->nmbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN +>This option tells <A +HREF="nmbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +>nmbd(8)</A > when acting as a WINS server (<A HREF="#WINSSUPPORT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> wins support = yes</VAR +><I +> wins support = yes</I +></TT ></A >) what the minimum 'time to live' of NetBIOS names that <B @@ -11726,7 +12689,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="MSDFSPROXY" ></A ->>msdfs proxy (S)</DT +>msdfs proxy (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter indicates that the share is a @@ -11738,62 +12701,68 @@ NAME="MSDFSPROXY" >Only Dfs roots can act as proxy shares. Take a look at the <A HREF="#MSDFSROOT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->msdfs root</VAR +><I +>msdfs root</I +></TT ></A > and <A HREF="#HOSTMSDFS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->host msdfs</VAR +><I +>host msdfs</I +></TT ></A > options to find out how to set up a Dfs root share.</P ><P >Example: <B CLASS="COMMAND" ->msdfs proxy = \\\\otherserver\\someshare</B +>msdfs proxy = \otherserver\someshare</B ></P ></DD ><DT ><A NAME="MSDFSROOT" ></A ->>msdfs root (S)</DT +>msdfs root (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This boolean parameter is only available if Samba is configured and compiled with the <B CLASS="COMMAND" > --with-msdfs</B -> option. If set to <CODE +> option. If set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</CODE +>yes</TT >, Samba treats the share as a Dfs root and allows clients to browse the distributed file system tree rooted at the share directory. Dfs links are specified in the share directory by symbolic links of the form <TT CLASS="FILENAME" ->msdfs:serverA\\shareA,serverB\\shareB</TT +>msdfs:serverA\shareA,serverB\shareB</TT > and so on. For more information on setting up a Dfs tree on Samba, refer to <A -HREF="msdfs.html" +HREF="msdfs_setup.html" TARGET="_top" ->"Hosting a Microsoft - Distributed File System tree on Samba"</A -> document.</P +>msdfs_setup.html + </A +>.</P ><P >See also <A HREF="#HOSTMSDFS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >host msdfs - </VAR + </I +></TT ></A ></P ><P @@ -11806,7 +12775,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="NAMECACHETIMEOUT" ></A ->>name cache timeout (G)</DT +>name cache timeout (G)</DT ><DD ><P >Specifies the number of seconds it takes before @@ -11828,7 +12797,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="NAMERESOLVEORDER" ></A ->>name resolve order (G)</DT +>name resolve order (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This option is used by the programs in the Samba @@ -11843,9 +12812,9 @@ NAME="NAMERESOLVEORDER" ><UL ><LI ><P -><CODE +><TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->lmhosts</CODE +>lmhosts</TT > : Lookup an IP address in the Samba lmhosts file. If the line in lmhosts has no name type attached to the NetBIOS name (see the <A @@ -11857,9 +12826,9 @@ TARGET="_top" ></LI ><LI ><P -><CODE +><TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->host</CODE +>host</TT > : Do a standard host name to IP address resolution, using the system <TT CLASS="FILENAME" @@ -11877,30 +12846,34 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" ></LI ><LI ><P -><CODE +><TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->wins</CODE +>wins</TT > : Query a name with the IP address listed in the <A HREF="#WINSSERVER" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> wins server</VAR +><I +> wins server</I +></TT ></A > parameter. If no WINS server has been specified this method will be ignored.</P ></LI ><LI ><P -><CODE +><TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->bcast</CODE +>bcast</TT > : Do a broadcast on each of the known local interfaces listed in the <A HREF="#INTERFACES" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->interfaces</VAR +><I +>interfaces</I +></TT ></A > parameter. This is the least reliable of the name resolution @@ -11929,7 +12902,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="NETBIOSALIASES" ></A ->>netbios aliases (G)</DT +>netbios aliases (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This is a list of NetBIOS names that <A @@ -11946,19 +12919,18 @@ TARGET="_top" ><P >See also <A HREF="#NETBIOSNAME" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >netbios - name</VAR + name</I +></TT ></A >.</P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >empty string (no additional names)</I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Example: <B @@ -11970,7 +12942,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="NETBIOSNAME" ></A ->>netbios name (G)</DT +>netbios name (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This sets the NetBIOS name by which a Samba @@ -11982,19 +12954,18 @@ NAME="NETBIOSNAME" ><P >See also <A HREF="#NETBIOSALIASES" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >netbios - aliases</VAR + aliases</I +></TT ></A >.</P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >machine DNS name</I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Example: <B @@ -12006,7 +12977,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="NETBIOSSCOPE" ></A ->>netbios scope (G)</DT +>netbios scope (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This sets the NetBIOS scope that Samba will @@ -12017,7 +12988,7 @@ NAME="NETBIOSSCOPE" ><A NAME="NISHOMEDIR" ></A ->>nis homedir (G)</DT +>nis homedir (G)</DT ><DD ><P >Get the home share server from a NIS map. For @@ -12039,9 +13010,11 @@ NAME="NISHOMEDIR" server. When Samba is returning the home share to the client, it will consult the NIS map specified in <A HREF="#HOMEDIRMAP" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->homedir map</VAR +><I +>homedir map</I +></TT ></A > and return the server listed there.</P @@ -12059,7 +13032,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="NONUNIXACCOUNTRANGE" ></A ->>non unix account range (G)</DT +>non unix account range (G)</DT ><DD ><P >The non unix account range parameter specifies @@ -12069,35 +13042,11 @@ NAME="NONUNIXACCOUNTRANGE" This is most often used for machine account creation. This range of ids should have no existing local or NIS users within it as strange conflicts can occur otherwise.</P -><DIV -CLASS="NOTE" ><P -></P -><TABLE -CLASS="NOTE" -WIDTH="90%" -BORDER="0" -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="25" -ALIGN="CENTER" -VALIGN="TOP" -><IMG -SRC="/usr/share/sgml/docbook/stylesheet/dsssl/modular/images/note.gif" -HSPACE="5" -ALT="Note"></TD -><TD -ALIGN="LEFT" -VALIGN="TOP" -><P ->These userids never appear on the system and Samba will never +>NOTE: These userids never appear on the system and Samba will never 'become' these users. They are used only to ensure that the algorithmic RID mapping does not conflict with normal users. </P -></TD -></TR -></TABLE -></DIV ><P >Default: <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -12114,7 +13063,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="NTACLSUPPORT" ></A ->>nt acl support (S)</DT +>nt acl support (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This boolean parameter controls whether @@ -12136,20 +13085,18 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="NTPIPESUPPORT" ></A ->>nt pipe support (G)</DT +>nt pipe support (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This boolean parameter controls whether - <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN + <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +>smbd(8)</A > will allow Windows NT - clients to connect to the NT SMB specific <CODE + clients to connect to the NT SMB specific <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->IPC$</CODE +>IPC$</TT > pipes. This is a developer debugging option and can be left alone.</P @@ -12163,7 +13110,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="NTSTATUSSUPPORT" ></A ->>nt status support (G)</DT +>nt status support (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This boolean parameter controls whether <A @@ -12173,9 +13120,9 @@ TARGET="_top" > will negotiate NT specific status support with Windows NT/2k/XP clients. This is a developer debugging option and should be left alone. - If this option is set to <CODE + If this option is set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->no</CODE +>no</TT > then Samba offers exactly the same DOS error codes that versions prior to Samba 2.2.3 reported.</P @@ -12191,18 +13138,16 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="NULLPASSWORDS" ></A ->>null passwords (G)</DT +>null passwords (G)</DT ><DD ><P >Allow or disallow client access to accounts that have null passwords. </P ><P ->See also <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbpasswd</SPAN ->(5)</SPAN +>See also <A +HREF="smbpasswd.5.html" +TARGET="_top" +>smbpasswd (5)</A >.</P ><P >Default: <B @@ -12214,7 +13159,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS" ></A ->>obey pam restrictions (G)</DT +>obey pam restrictions (G)</DT ><DD ><P >When Samba 2.2 is configured to enable PAM support @@ -12224,9 +13169,11 @@ NAME="OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS" and to ignore any account or session management. Note that Samba always ignores PAM for authentication in the case of <A HREF="#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->encrypt passwords = yes</VAR +><I +>encrypt passwords = yes</I +></TT > </A >. The reason is that PAM modules cannot support the challenge/response @@ -12242,20 +13189,24 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="ONLYUSER" ></A ->>only user (S)</DT +>only user (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This is a boolean option that controls whether - connections with usernames not in the <VAR + connections with usernames not in the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->user</VAR +><I +>user</I +></TT > list will be allowed. By default this option is disabled so that a client can supply a username to be used by the server. Enabling this parameter will force the server to only use the login - names from the <VAR + names from the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->user</VAR +><I +>user</I +></TT > list and is only really useful in <A HREF="#SECURITYEQUALSSHARE" @@ -12269,18 +13220,22 @@ HREF="#SECURITYEQUALSSHARE" CLASS="COMMAND" >user = %S</B -> which means your <VAR +> which means your <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->user</VAR +><I +>user</I +></TT > list will be just the service name, which for home directories is the name of the user.</P ><P >See also the <A HREF="#USER" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->user</VAR +><I +>user</I +></TT > </A > parameter.</P @@ -12294,14 +13249,16 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="ONLYGUEST" ></A ->>only guest (S)</DT +>only guest (S)</DT ><DD ><P >A synonym for <A HREF="#GUESTONLY" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> guest only</VAR +><I +> guest only</I +></TT ></A >.</P ></DD @@ -12309,7 +13266,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><A NAME="OPLOCKBREAKWAITTIME" ></A ->>oplock break wait time (G)</DT +>oplock break wait time (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This is a tuning parameter added due to bugs in @@ -12320,13 +13277,10 @@ NAME="OPLOCKBREAKWAITTIME" is the amount of time Samba will wait before sending an oplock break request to such (broken) clients.</P ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >DO NOT CHANGE THIS PARAMETER UNLESS YOU HAVE READ AND UNDERSTOOD THE SAMBA OPLOCK CODE</I -></SPAN >.</P ><P >Default: <B @@ -12338,15 +13292,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="OPLOCKCONTENTIONLIMIT" ></A ->>oplock contention limit (S)</DT +>oplock contention limit (S)</DT ><DD ><P ->This is a <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>This is a <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >very</I -></SPAN > advanced <A HREF="smbd.8.html" @@ -12356,27 +13307,23 @@ TARGET="_top" improve the efficiency of the granting of oplocks under multiple client contention for the same file.</P ><P ->In brief it specifies a number, which causes <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN ->not to grant an oplock even when requested - if the approximate number of clients contending for an oplock on the same file goes over this +>In brief it specifies a number, which causes <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +>smbd</A +> not to + grant an oplock even when requested if the approximate number of + clients contending for an oplock on the same file goes over this limit. This causes <B CLASS="COMMAND" >smbd</B > to behave in a similar way to Windows NT.</P ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >DO NOT CHANGE THIS PARAMETER UNLESS YOU HAVE READ AND UNDERSTOOD THE SAMBA OPLOCK CODE</I -></SPAN >.</P ><P >Default: <B @@ -12388,7 +13335,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="OPLOCKS" ></A ->>oplocks (S)</DT +>oplocks (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This boolean option tells <B @@ -12413,31 +13360,39 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" >Oplocks may be selectively turned off on certain files with a share. See the <A HREF="#VETOOPLOCKFILES" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> veto oplock files</VAR +><I +> veto oplock files</I +></TT ></A > parameter. On some systems oplocks are recognized by the underlying operating system. This allows data synchronization between all access to oplocked files, whether it be via Samba or NFS or a local UNIX process. See the - <VAR + <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->kernel oplocks</VAR +><I +>kernel oplocks</I +></TT > parameter for details.</P ><P >See also the <A HREF="#KERNELOPLOCKS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >kernel - oplocks</VAR + oplocks</I +></TT ></A > and <A HREF="#LEVEL2OPLOCKS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> level2 oplocks</VAR +><I +> level2 oplocks</I +></TT ></A > parameters.</P ><P @@ -12450,16 +13405,13 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="NTLMAUTH" ></A ->>ntlm auth (G)</DT +>ntlm auth (G)</DT ><DD ><P ->This parameter determines - whether or not <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN +>This parameter determines whether or not <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +>smbd</A > will attempt to authenticate users using the NTLM password hash. If disabled, only the lanman password hashes will be used. @@ -12468,8 +13420,7 @@ CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" >Please note that at least this option or <B CLASS="COMMAND" >lanman auth</B -> should - be enabled in order to be able to log in. +> should be enabled in order to be able to log in. </P ><P >Default : <B @@ -12481,29 +13432,26 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="OSLEVEL" ></A ->>os level (G)</DT +>os level (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This integer value controls what level Samba advertises itself as for browse elections. The value of this - parameter determines whether <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->nmbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN + parameter determines whether <A +HREF="nmbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +>nmbd(8)</A > - has a chance of becoming a local master browser for the <VAR + has a chance of becoming a local master browser for the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> WORKGROUP</VAR +><I +> WORKGROUP</I +></TT > in the local broadcast area.</P ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >Note :</I -></SPAN >By default, Samba will win a local master browsing election over all Microsoft operating systems except a Windows NT 4.0/2000 Domain Controller. This @@ -12532,7 +13480,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="OS2DRIVERMAP" ></A ->>os2 driver map (G)</DT +>os2 driver map (G)</DT ><DD ><P >The parameter is used to define the absolute @@ -12551,12 +13499,17 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><P >The need for the file is due to the printer driver namespace problem described in the <A -HREF="printing.html" +HREF="printer_driver2.html" TARGET="_top" >Samba Printing HOWTO</A >. For more details on OS/2 clients, please - refer to the OS2-Client-HOWTO containing in the Samba documentation.</P + refer to the <A +HREF="OS2-Client-HOWTO.html" +TARGET="_top" +>OS2-Client-HOWTO + </A +> containing in the Samba documentation.</P ><P >Default: <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -12568,7 +13521,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="PAMPASSWORDCHANGE" ></A ->>pam password change (G)</DT +>pam password change (G)</DT ><DD ><P >With the addition of better PAM support in Samba 2.2, @@ -12577,17 +13530,21 @@ NAME="PAMPASSWORDCHANGE" changes when requested by an SMB client instead of the program listed in <A HREF="#PASSWDPROGRAM" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->passwd program</VAR +><I +>passwd program</I +></TT ></A >. It should be possible to enable this without changing your <A HREF="#PASSWDCHAT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->passwd chat</VAR +><I +>passwd chat</I +></TT ></A > parameter for most setups. @@ -12602,24 +13559,21 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="PANICACTION" ></A ->>panic action (G)</DT +>panic action (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This is a Samba developer option that allows a - system command to be called when either <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN -> or <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN -> crashes. This is usually used to - draw attention to the fact that a problem occurred.</P + system command to be called when either <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +> smbd(8)</A +> or <A +HREF="nmbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +>nmbd(8)</A +> + crashes. This is usually used to draw attention to the fact that + a problem occurred.</P ><P >Default: <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -12635,19 +13589,15 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="PARANOIDSERVERSECURITY" ></A ->>paranoid server security (G)</DT +>paranoid server security (G)</DT ><DD ><P >Some version of NT 4.x allow non-guest users with a bad passowrd. When this option is enabled, samba will not use a broken NT 4.x server as password server, but instead complain - to the logs and exit. + to the logs and exit. </P ><P ->Disabling this option prevents Samba from making - this check, which involves deliberatly attempting a - bad logon to the remote server.</P -><P >Default: <B CLASS="COMMAND" >paranoid server security = yes</B @@ -12657,7 +13607,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="PASSDBBACKEND" ></A ->>passdb backend (G)</DT +>passdb backend (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This option allows the administrator to chose which backends to retrieve and store passwords with. This allows (for example) both @@ -12694,9 +13644,11 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><P >See also <A HREF="#NONUNIXACCOUNTRANGE" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->non unix account range</VAR +><I +>non unix account range</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -12709,9 +13661,11 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" backend. Takes a path to the TDB as an optional argument (defaults to passdb.tdb in the <A HREF="#PRIVATEDIR" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->private dir</VAR +><I +>private dir</I +></TT ></A > directory.</P ></LI @@ -12724,17 +13678,21 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" backend, with non unix account support. Takes a path to the TDB as an optional argument (defaults to passdb.tdb in the <A HREF="#PRIVATEDIR" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->private dir</VAR +><I +>private dir</I +></TT ></A > directory.</P ><P >See also <A HREF="#NONUNIXACCOUNTRANGE" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->non unix account range</VAR +><I +>non unix account range</I +></TT ></A ></P ></LI @@ -12767,10 +13725,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><P >See also <A HREF="#NONUNIXACCOUNTRANGE" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >non unix account - range</VAR + range</I +></TT ></A ></P ><P @@ -12778,14 +13738,18 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" possible. This may be done using either Start-TLS (see <A HREF="#LDAPSSL" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->ldap ssl</VAR +><I +>ldap ssl</I +></TT ></A >) or by - specifying <VAR + specifying <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->ldaps://</VAR +><I +>ldaps://</I +></TT > in the URL argument. </P @@ -12814,7 +13778,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><B CLASS="COMMAND" >unixsam</B -> - Allows samba to map all (other) available unix users</P +> - (EXPERIMENTAL) Allows samba to map all (other) available unix users</P ><P >This backend uses the standard unix database for retrieving users. Users included in this pdb are NOT listed in samba user listings and users included in this pdb won't be @@ -12833,17 +13797,17 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><P >Default: <B CLASS="COMMAND" ->passdb backend = smbpasswd unixsam</B +>passdb backend = smbpasswd guest</B ></P ><P >Example: <B CLASS="COMMAND" ->passdb backend = tdbsam:/etc/samba/private/passdb.tdb smbpasswd:/etc/samba/smbpasswd unixsam</B +>passdb backend = tdbsam:/etc/samba/private/passdb.tdb smbpasswd:/etc/samba/smbpasswd </B ></P ><P >Example: <B CLASS="COMMAND" ->passdb backend = ldapsam_nua:ldaps://ldap.example.com unixsam</B +>passdb backend = ldapsam_nua:ldaps://ldap.example.com </B ></P ><P >Example: <B @@ -12855,36 +13819,31 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="PASSWDCHAT" ></A ->>passwd chat (G)</DT +>passwd chat (G)</DT ><DD ><P ->This string controls the <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>This string controls the <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >"chat"</I -></SPAN > - conversation that takes places between <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN + conversation that takes places between <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +>smbd</A > and the local password changing program to change the user's password. The string describes a - sequence of response-receive pairs that <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN + sequence of response-receive pairs that <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +> smbd(8)</A > uses to determine what to send to the <A HREF="#PASSWDPROGRAM" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->passwd program</VAR +><I +>passwd program</I +></TT > </A > and what to expect back. If the expected output is not @@ -12896,21 +13855,20 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P >Note that this parameter only is only used if the <A HREF="#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >unix - password sync</VAR + password sync</I +></TT ></A -> parameter is set to <CODE +> parameter is set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</CODE +>yes</TT >. This - sequence is then called <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + sequence is then called <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >AS ROOT</I -></SPAN > when the SMB password in the smbpasswd file is being changed, without access to the old password cleartext. This means that root must be able to reset the user's password @@ -12922,23 +13880,25 @@ HREF="#PASSWDPROGRAM" executed on the NIS master. </P ><P ->The string can contain the macro <VAR +>The string can contain the macro <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->%n</VAR +><I +>%n</I +></TT > which is substituted for the new password. The chat sequence can also contain the standard - macros <CODE + macros <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->\\n</CODE ->, <CODE +>\n</TT +>, <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->\\r</CODE ->, <CODE +>\r</TT +>, <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" -> \\t</CODE -> and <CODE +> \t</TT +> and <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->\\s</CODE +>\s</TT > to give line-feed, carriage-return, tab and space. The chat sequence string can also contain a '*' which matches any sequence of characters. @@ -12951,14 +13911,16 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT" ><P >If the <A HREF="#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >pam - password change</VAR + password change</I +></TT ></A -> parameter is set to <CODE +> parameter is set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</CODE +>yes</TT >, the chat pairs may be matched in any order, and success is determined by the PAM result, not any particular output. The \n macro is ignored for PAM conversions. @@ -12966,41 +13928,49 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT" ><P >See also <A HREF="#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >unix password - sync</VAR + sync</I +></TT ></A >, <A HREF="#PASSWDPROGRAM" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> passwd program</VAR +><I +> passwd program</I +></TT ></A > ,<A HREF="#PASSWDCHATDEBUG" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->passwd chat debug</VAR +><I +>passwd chat debug</I +></TT ></A > and <A HREF="#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->pam password change</VAR +><I +>pam password change</I +></TT ></A >.</P ><P >Default: <B CLASS="COMMAND" ->passwd chat = *new*password* %n\\n - *new*password* %n\\n *changed*</B +>passwd chat = *new*password* %n\n + *new*password* %n\n *changed*</B ></P ><P >Example: <B CLASS="COMMAND" ->passwd chat = "*Enter OLD password*" %o\\n - "*Enter NEW password*" %n\\n "*Reenter NEW password*" %n\\n "*Password +>passwd chat = "*Enter OLD password*" %o\n + "*Enter NEW password*" %n\n "*Reenter NEW password*" %n\n "*Password changed*"</B ></P ></DD @@ -13008,30 +13978,27 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="PASSWDCHATDEBUG" ></A ->>passwd chat debug (G)</DT +>passwd chat debug (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This boolean specifies if the passwd chat script - parameter is run in <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + parameter is run in <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >debug</I -></SPAN > mode. In this mode the strings passed to and received from the passwd chat are printed - in the <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN + in the <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +>smbd(8)</A > log with a <A HREF="#DEBUGLEVEL" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->debug level</VAR +><I +>debug level</I +></TT ></A > of 100. This is a dangerous option as it will allow plaintext passwords @@ -13039,43 +14006,55 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" CLASS="COMMAND" >smbd</B > log. It is available to help - Samba admins debug their <VAR + Samba admins debug their <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->passwd chat</VAR +><I +>passwd chat</I +></TT > scripts - when calling the <VAR + when calling the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->passwd program</VAR +><I +>passwd program</I +></TT > and should be turned off after this has been done. This option has no effect if the <A HREF="#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->pam password change</VAR +><I +>pam password change</I +></TT ></A > paramter is set. This parameter is off by default.</P ><P >See also <A HREF="#PASSWDCHAT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->passwd chat</VAR +><I +>passwd chat</I +></TT > </A >, <A HREF="#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->pam password change</VAR +><I +>pam password change</I +></TT > </A >, <A HREF="#PASSWDPROGRAM" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->passwd program</VAR +><I +>passwd program</I +></TT > </A >.</P @@ -13089,49 +14068,44 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="PASSWDPROGRAM" ></A ->>passwd program (G)</DT +>passwd program (G)</DT ><DD ><P >The name of a program that can be used to set - UNIX user passwords. Any occurrences of <VAR + UNIX user passwords. Any occurrences of <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->%u</VAR +><I +>%u</I +></TT > will be replaced with the user name. The user name is checked for existence before calling the password changing program.</P ><P ->Also note that many passwd programs insist in <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Also note that many passwd programs insist in <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >reasonable </I -></SPAN > passwords, such as a minimum length, or the inclusion of mixed case chars and digits. This can pose a problem as some clients (such as Windows for Workgroups) uppercase the password before sending it.</P ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >Note</I -></SPAN -> that if the <VAR +> that if the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >unix - password sync</VAR -> parameter is set to <CODE + password sync</I +></TT +> parameter is set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" >yes - </CODE -> then this program is called <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + </TT +> then this program is called <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >AS ROOT</I -></SPAN > before the SMB password in the <A HREF="smbpasswd.5.html" @@ -13145,39 +14119,39 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" > will fail to change the SMB password also (this is by design).</P ><P ->If the <VAR +>If the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->unix password sync</VAR -> parameter - is set this parameter <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I +>unix password sync</I +></TT +> parameter + is set this parameter <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >MUST USE ABSOLUTE PATHS</I -></SPAN > - for <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + for <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >ALL</I -></SPAN > programs called, and must be examined - for security implications. Note that by default <VAR + for security implications. Note that by default <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >unix - password sync</VAR -> is set to <CODE + password sync</I +></TT +> is set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->no</CODE +>no</TT >.</P ><P >See also <A HREF="#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >unix - password sync</VAR + password sync</I +></TT ></A >.</P ><P @@ -13196,7 +14170,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="PASSWORDLEVEL" ></A ->>password level (G)</DT +>password level (G)</DT ><DD ><P >Some client/server combinations have difficulty @@ -13211,17 +14185,21 @@ NAME="PASSWORDLEVEL" >This parameter defines the maximum number of characters that may be upper case in passwords.</P ><P ->For example, say the password given was "FRED". If <VAR +>For example, say the password given was "FRED". If <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> password level</VAR +><I +> password level</I +></TT > is set to 1, the following combinations would be tried if "FRED" failed:</P ><P >"Fred", "fred", "fRed", "frEd","freD"</P ><P ->If <VAR +>If <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->password level</VAR +><I +>password level</I +></TT > was set to 2, the following combinations would also be tried: </P ><P @@ -13252,7 +14230,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="PASSWORDSERVER" ></A ->>password server (G)</DT +>password server (G)</DT ><DD ><P >By specifying the name of another SMB server (such @@ -13278,10 +14256,12 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" >The name of the password server is looked up using the parameter <A HREF="#NAMERESOLVEORDER" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >name - resolve order</VAR + resolve order</I +></TT ></A > and so may resolved by any method and order described in that parameter.</P @@ -13289,62 +14269,42 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" >The password server must be a machine capable of using the "LM1.2X002" or the "NT LM 0.12" protocol, and it must be in user level security mode.</P -><DIV -CLASS="NOTE" ><P -></P -><TABLE -CLASS="NOTE" -WIDTH="90%" -BORDER="0" -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="25" -ALIGN="CENTER" -VALIGN="TOP" -><IMG -SRC="/usr/share/sgml/docbook/stylesheet/dsssl/modular/images/note.gif" -HSPACE="5" -ALT="Note"></TD -><TD -ALIGN="LEFT" -VALIGN="TOP" -><P ->Using a password server - means your UNIX box (running Samba) is only as secure as your - password server. <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I CLASS="EMPHASIS" +>NOTE:</I +> Using a password server + means your UNIX box (running Samba) is only as secure as your + password server. <I +CLASS="EMPHASIS" >DO NOT CHOOSE A PASSWORD SERVER THAT YOU DON'T COMPLETELY TRUST</I -></SPAN >.</P -></TD -></TR -></TABLE -></DIV ><P >Never point a Samba server at itself for password serving. This will cause a loop and could lock up your Samba server!</P ><P >The name of the password server takes the standard - substitutions, but probably the only useful one is <VAR + substitutions, but probably the only useful one is <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >%m - </VAR + </I +></TT >, which means the Samba server will use the incoming client as the password server. If you use this then you better trust your clients, and you had better restrict them with hosts allow!</P ><P ->If the <VAR +>If the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->security</VAR +><I +>security</I +></TT > parameter is set to - <CODE + <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->domain</CODE +>domain</TT >, then the list of machines in this option must be a list of Primary or Backup Domain controllers for the Domain or the character '*', as the Samba server is effectively @@ -13353,9 +14313,11 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT" CLASS="COMMAND" > security = domain</B > is that if you list several hosts in the - <VAR + <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->password server</VAR +><I +>password server</I +></TT > option then <B CLASS="COMMAND" >smbd @@ -13363,15 +14325,17 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" > will try each in turn till it finds one that responds. This is useful in case your primary server goes down.</P ><P ->If the <VAR +>If the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->password server</VAR +><I +>password server</I +></TT > option is set to the character '*', then Samba will attempt to auto-locate the Primary or Backup Domain controllers to authenticate against by - doing a query for the name <CODE + doing a query for the name <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->WORKGROUP<1C></CODE +>WORKGROUP<1C></TT > and then contacting each server returned in the list of IP addresses from the name resolution source. </P @@ -13382,13 +14346,15 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT" will be added to the list as well. Samba will not attempt to optimize this list by locating the closest DC.</P ><P ->If the <VAR +>If the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->security</VAR +><I +>security</I +></TT > parameter is - set to <CODE + set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->server</CODE +>server</TT >, then there are different restrictions that <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -13401,9 +14367,11 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><LI ><P >You may list several password servers in - the <VAR + the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->password server</VAR +><I +>password server</I +></TT > parameter, however if an <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -13434,10 +14402,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><P >See also the <A HREF="#SECURITY" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >security - </VAR + </I +></TT ></A > parameter.</P ><P @@ -13462,7 +14432,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="PATH" ></A ->>path (S)</DT +>path (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter specifies a directory to which @@ -13476,14 +14446,18 @@ NAME="PATH" you probably won't get the results you expect if you do otherwise.</P ><P ->Any occurrences of <VAR +>Any occurrences of <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->%u</VAR +><I +>%u</I +></TT > in the path will be replaced with the UNIX username that the client is using - on this connection. Any occurrences of <VAR + on this connection. Any occurrences of <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->%m</VAR +><I +>%m</I +></TT > will be replaced by the NetBIOS name of the machine they are connecting from. These replacements are very useful for setting @@ -13491,18 +14465,17 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P >Note that this path will be based on <A HREF="#ROOTDIR" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->root dir</VAR +><I +>root dir</I +></TT ></A > if one was specified.</P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >none</I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Example: <B @@ -13514,7 +14487,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="PIDDIRECTORY" ></A ->>pid directory (G)</DT +>pid directory (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This option specifies the directory where pid @@ -13535,15 +14508,16 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="POSIXLOCKING" ></A ->>posix locking (S)</DT +>posix locking (S)</DT ><DD ><P ->The <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN +>The <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +><B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>smbd(8)</B +></A > daemon maintains an database of file locks obtained by SMB clients. The default behavior is to map this internal database to POSIX @@ -13561,7 +14535,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="POSTEXEC" ></A ->>postexec (S)</DT +>postexec (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This option specifies a command to be run @@ -13579,19 +14553,18 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><P >See also <A HREF="#PREEXEC" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->preexec</VAR +><I +>preexec</I +></TT > </A >.</P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >none (no command executed)</I -></SPAN > </P ><P @@ -13603,9 +14576,32 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ></DD ><DT ><A +NAME="POSTSCRIPT" +></A +>postscript (S)</DT +><DD +><P +>This parameter forces a printer to interpret + the print files as PostScript. This is done by adding a <TT +CLASS="CONSTANT" +>%! + </TT +> to the start of print output.</P +><P +>This is most useful when you have lots of PCs that persist + in putting a control-D at the start of print jobs, which then + confuses your printer.</P +><P +>Default: <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>postscript = no</B +></P +></DD +><DT +><A NAME="PREEXEC" ></A ->>preexec (S)</DT +>preexec (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This option specifies a command to be run whenever @@ -13625,26 +14621,27 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><P >See also <A HREF="#PREEXECCLOSE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >preexec close - </VAR + </I +></TT ></A > and <A HREF="#POSTEXEC" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >postexec - </VAR + </I +></TT ></A >.</P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >none (no command executed)</I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Example: <B @@ -13657,16 +14654,18 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="PREEXECCLOSE" ></A ->>preexec close (S)</DT +>preexec close (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This boolean option controls whether a non-zero return code from <A HREF="#PREEXEC" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >preexec - </VAR + </I +></TT ></A > should close the service being connected to.</P ><P @@ -13679,7 +14678,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="PREFERREDMASTER" ></A ->>preferred master (G)</DT +>preferred master (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This boolean parameter controls if <A @@ -13689,9 +14688,9 @@ TARGET="_top" > is a preferred master browser for its workgroup.</P ><P ->If this is set to <CODE +>If this is set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</CODE +>yes</TT >, on startup, <B CLASS="COMMAND" >nmbd</B @@ -13702,9 +14701,11 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" CLASS="COMMAND" ><A HREF="#DOMAINMASTER" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> domain master</VAR +><I +> domain master</I +></TT ></A > = yes</B >, so that <B @@ -13721,9 +14722,11 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><P >See also <A HREF="#OSLEVEL" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->os level</VAR +><I +>os level</I +></TT > </A >.</P @@ -13737,14 +14740,16 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="PREFEREDMASTER" ></A ->>prefered master (G)</DT +>prefered master (G)</DT ><DD ><P >Synonym for <A HREF="#PREFERREDMASTER" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> preferred master</VAR +><I +> preferred master</I +></TT ></A > for people who cannot spell :-).</P ></DD @@ -13752,7 +14757,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><A NAME="PRELOAD" ></A ->>preload (G)</DT +>preload (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This is a list of services that you want to be @@ -13763,18 +14768,17 @@ NAME="PRELOAD" >Note that if you just want all printers in your printcap file loaded then the <A HREF="#LOADPRINTERS" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->load printers</VAR +><I +>load printers</I +></TT ></A > option is easier.</P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >no preloaded services</I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Example: <B @@ -13784,43 +14788,21 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ></DD ><DT ><A -NAME="PRELOADMODULES" -></A ->>preload modules (G)</DT -><DD -><P ->This is a list of paths to modules that should - be loaded into smbd before a client connects. This improves - the speed of smbd when reacting to new connections somewhat. </P -><P ->It is recommended to only use this option on heavy-performance - servers.</P -><P ->Default: <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->preload modules = </B -></P -><P ->Example: <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->preload modules = /usr/lib/samba/passdb/mysql.so</B -></P -></DD -><DT -><A NAME="PRESERVECASE" ></A ->>preserve case (S)</DT +>preserve case (S)</DT ><DD ><P > This controls if new filenames are created with the case that the client passes, or if they are forced to be the <A HREF="#DEFAULTCASE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >default case - </VAR + </I +></TT ></A >.</P ><P @@ -13830,7 +14812,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ></P ><P >See the section on <A -HREF="#AEN207" +HREF="#AEN205" >NAME MANGLING</A > for a fuller discussion.</P @@ -13839,7 +14821,7 @@ HREF="#AEN207" ><A NAME="PRINTCOMMAND" ></A ->>print command (S)</DT +>print command (S)</DT ><DD ><P >After a print job has finished spooling to @@ -13872,28 +14854,33 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >%z - the size of the spooled print job (in bytes)</P ><P ->The print command <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>The print command <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >MUST</I -></SPAN > contain at least - one occurrence of <VAR + one occurrence of <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->%s</VAR -> or <VAR +><I +>%s</I +></TT +> or <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >%f - </VAR -> - the <VAR + </I +></TT +> - the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->%p</VAR +><I +>%p</I +></TT > is optional. At the time - a job is submitted, if no printer name is supplied the <VAR + a job is submitted, if no printer name is supplied the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >%p - </VAR + </I +></TT > will be silently removed from the printer command.</P ><P >If specified in the [global] section, the print command given @@ -13905,15 +14892,17 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" be created but not processed and (most importantly) not removed.</P ><P >Note that printing may fail on some UNIXes from the - <CODE + <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->nobody</CODE +>nobody</TT > account. If this happens then create an alternative guest account that can print and set the <A HREF="#GUESTACCOUNT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->guest account</VAR +><I +>guest account</I +></TT ></A > in the [global] section.</P @@ -13933,9 +14922,11 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" on how you normally print files on your system. The default for the parameter varies depending on the setting of the <A HREF="#PRINTING" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->printing</VAR +><I +>printing</I +></TT ></A > parameter.</P ><P @@ -13999,14 +14990,16 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="PRINTOK" ></A ->>print ok (S)</DT +>print ok (S)</DT ><DD ><P >Synonym for <A HREF="#PRINTABLE" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->printable</VAR +><I +>printable</I +></TT ></A >.</P ></DD @@ -14014,12 +15007,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><A NAME="PRINTABLE" ></A ->>printable (S)</DT +>printable (S)</DT ><DD ><P ->If this parameter is <CODE +>If this parameter is <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</CODE +>yes</TT >, then clients may open, write to and submit spool files on the directory specified for the service. </P @@ -14028,10 +15021,12 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT" to the service path (user privileges permitting) via the spooling of print data. The <A HREF="#READONLY" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >read only - </VAR + </I +></TT ></A > parameter controls only non-printing access to the resource.</P @@ -14045,14 +15040,16 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="PRINTCAP" ></A ->>printcap (G)</DT +>printcap (G)</DT ><DD ><P >Synonym for <A HREF="#PRINTCAPNAME" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> printcap name</VAR +><I +> printcap name</I +></TT ></A >.</P ></DD @@ -14060,7 +15057,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><A NAME="PRINTCAPNAME" ></A ->>printcap name (G)</DT +>printcap name (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter may be used to override the @@ -14068,7 +15065,7 @@ NAME="PRINTCAPNAME" CLASS="FILENAME" > /etc/printcap</TT >). See the discussion of the <A -HREF="#AEN80" +HREF="#AEN79" >[printers]</A > section above for reasons why you might want to do this.</P @@ -14100,9 +15097,11 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" </B > to automatically obtain lists of available printers. This is the default for systems that define SYSV at configure time in - Samba (this includes most System V based systems). If <VAR + Samba (this includes most System V based systems). If <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> printcap name</VAR +><I +> printcap name</I +></TT > is set to <B CLASS="COMMAND" >lpstat</B @@ -14115,40 +15114,33 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><P >A minimal printcap file would look something like this:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="90%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" ->print1|My Printer 1 -print2|My Printer 2 -print3|My Printer 3 -print4|My Printer 4 -print5|My Printer 5</PRE +> print1|My Printer 1 + print2|My Printer 2 + print3|My Printer 3 + print4|My Printer 4 + print5|My Printer 5 + </PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >where the '|' separates aliases of a printer. The fact that the second alias has a space in it gives a hint to Samba that it's a comment.</P -><DIV -CLASS="NOTE" ><P -></P -><TABLE -CLASS="NOTE" -WIDTH="90%" -BORDER="0" -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="25" -ALIGN="CENTER" -VALIGN="TOP" -><IMG -SRC="/usr/share/sgml/docbook/stylesheet/dsssl/modular/images/note.gif" -HSPACE="5" -ALT="Note"></TD -><TD -ALIGN="LEFT" -VALIGN="TOP" -><P ->Under AIX the default printcap +><I +CLASS="EMPHASIS" +>NOTE</I +>: Under AIX the default printcap name is <TT CLASS="FILENAME" >/etc/qconfig</TT @@ -14161,10 +15153,6 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" CLASS="FILENAME" >qconfig</TT > appears in the printcap filename.</P -></TD -></TR -></TABLE -></DIV ><P >Default: <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -14180,7 +15168,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="PRINTERADMIN" ></A ->>printer admin (S)</DT +>printer admin (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This is a list of users that can do anything to @@ -14201,9 +15189,205 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ></DD ><DT ><A +NAME="PRINTERDRIVER" +></A +>printer driver (S)</DT +><DD +><P +><I +CLASS="EMPHASIS" +>Note :</I +>This is a deprecated + parameter and will be removed in the next major release + following version 2.2. Please see the instructions in + the <A +HREF="printer_driver2.html" +TARGET="_top" +>Samba 2.2. Printing + HOWTO</A +> for more information + on the new method of loading printer drivers onto a Samba server. + </P +><P +>This option allows you to control the string + that clients receive when they ask the server for the printer driver + associated with a printer. If you are using Windows95 or Windows NT + then you can use this to automate the setup of printers on your + system.</P +><P +>You need to set this parameter to the exact string (case + sensitive) that describes the appropriate printer driver for your + system. If you don't know the exact string to use then you should + first try with no <A +HREF="#PRINTERDRIVER" +><TT +CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I +> printer driver</I +></TT +></A +> option set and the client will + give you a list of printer drivers. The appropriate strings are + shown in a scroll box after you have chosen the printer manufacturer.</P +><P +>See also <A +HREF="#PRINTERDRIVERFILE" +><TT +CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I +>printer + driver file</I +></TT +></A +>.</P +><P +>Example: <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>printer driver = HP LaserJet 4L</B +></P +></DD +><DT +><A +NAME="PRINTERDRIVERFILE" +></A +>printer driver file (G)</DT +><DD +><P +><I +CLASS="EMPHASIS" +>Note :</I +>This is a deprecated + parameter and will be removed in the next major release + following version 2.2. Please see the instructions in + the <A +HREF="printer_driver2.html" +TARGET="_top" +>Samba 2.2. Printing + HOWTO</A +> for more information + on the new method of loading printer drivers onto a Samba server. + </P +><P +>This parameter tells Samba where the printer driver + definition file, used when serving drivers to Windows 95 clients, is + to be found. If this is not set, the default is :</P +><P +><TT +CLASS="FILENAME" +><TT +CLASS="REPLACEABLE" +><I +>SAMBA_INSTALL_DIRECTORY</I +></TT +> + /lib/printers.def</TT +></P +><P +>This file is created from Windows 95 <TT +CLASS="FILENAME" +>msprint.inf + </TT +> files found on the Windows 95 client system. For more + details on setting up serving of printer drivers to Windows 95 + clients, see the outdated documentation file in the <TT +CLASS="FILENAME" +>docs/</TT +> + directory, <TT +CLASS="FILENAME" +>PRINTER_DRIVER.txt</TT +>.</P +><P +>See also <A +HREF="#PRINTERDRIVERLOCATION" +><TT +CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I +> printer driver location</I +></TT +></A +>.</P +><P +>Default: <I +CLASS="EMPHASIS" +>None (set in compile).</I +></P +><P +>Example: <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>printer driver file = + /usr/local/samba/printers/drivers.def</B +></P +></DD +><DT +><A +NAME="PRINTERDRIVERLOCATION" +></A +>printer driver location (S)</DT +><DD +><P +><I +CLASS="EMPHASIS" +>Note :</I +>This is a deprecated + parameter and will be removed in the next major release + following version 2.2. Please see the instructions in + the <A +HREF="printer_driver2.html" +TARGET="_top" +>Samba 2.2. Printing + HOWTO</A +> for more information + on the new method of loading printer drivers onto a Samba server. + </P +><P +>This parameter tells clients of a particular printer + share where to find the printer driver files for the automatic + installation of drivers for Windows 95 machines. If Samba is set up + to serve printer drivers to Windows 95 machines, this should be set to</P +><P +><B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>\\MACHINE\PRINTER$</B +></P +><P +>Where MACHINE is the NetBIOS name of your Samba server, + and PRINTER$ is a share you set up for serving printer driver + files. For more details on setting this up see the outdated documentation + file in the <TT +CLASS="FILENAME" +>docs/</TT +> directory, <TT +CLASS="FILENAME" +> PRINTER_DRIVER.txt</TT +>.</P +><P +>See also <A +HREF="#PRINTERDRIVERFILE" +><TT +CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I +> printer driver file</I +></TT +></A +>.</P +><P +>Default: <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>none</B +></P +><P +>Example: <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>printer driver location = \\MACHINE\PRINTER$ + </B +></P +></DD +><DT +><A NAME="PRINTERNAME" ></A ->>printer name (S)</DT +>printer name (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter specifies the name of the printer @@ -14213,16 +15397,13 @@ NAME="PRINTERNAME" name given will be used for any printable service that does not have its own printer name specified.</P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->none (but may be <CODE +>none (but may be <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->lp</CODE +>lp</TT > on many systems)</I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Example: <B @@ -14234,14 +15415,16 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="PRINTER" ></A ->>printer (S)</DT +>printer (S)</DT ><DD ><P >Synonym for <A HREF="#PRINTERNAME" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> printer name</VAR +><I +> printer name</I +></TT ></A >.</P ></DD @@ -14249,64 +15432,74 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><A NAME="PRINTING" ></A ->>printing (S)</DT +>printing (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameters controls how printer status information is interpreted on your system. It also affects the - default values for the <VAR + default values for the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->print command</VAR +><I +>print command</I +></TT >, - <VAR + <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->lpq command</VAR ->, <VAR +><I +>lpq command</I +></TT +>, <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >lppause command - </VAR ->, <VAR + </I +></TT +>, <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->lpresume command</VAR +><I +>lpresume command</I +></TT >, and - <VAR + <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->lprm command</VAR +><I +>lprm command</I +></TT > if specified in the [global] section.</P ><P >Currently nine printing styles are supported. They are - <CODE + <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->BSD</CODE ->, <CODE +>BSD</TT +>, <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->AIX</CODE +>AIX</TT >, - <CODE + <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->LPRNG</CODE ->, <CODE +>LPRNG</TT +>, <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->PLP</CODE +>PLP</TT >, - <CODE + <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->SYSV</CODE ->, <CODE +>SYSV</TT +>, <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->HPUX</CODE +>HPUX</TT >, - <CODE + <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->QNX</CODE ->, <CODE +>QNX</TT +>, <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->SOFTQ</CODE +>SOFTQ</TT >, - and <CODE + and <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->CUPS</CODE +>CUPS</TT >.</P ><P >To see what the defaults are for the other print @@ -14319,7 +15512,7 @@ TARGET="_top" >This option can be set on a per printer basis</P ><P >See also the discussion in the <A -HREF="#AEN80" +HREF="#AEN79" > [printers]</A > section.</P ></DD @@ -14327,7 +15520,7 @@ HREF="#AEN80" ><A NAME="PRIVATEDIR" ></A ->>private dir (G)</DT +>private dir (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameters defines the directory @@ -14350,14 +15543,16 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="PROTOCOL" ></A ->>protocol (G)</DT +>protocol (G)</DT ><DD ><P >Synonym for <A HREF="#MAXPROTOCOL" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->max protocol</VAR +><I +>max protocol</I +></TT ></A >.</P ></DD @@ -14365,15 +15560,17 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><A NAME="PUBLIC" ></A ->>public (S)</DT +>public (S)</DT ><DD ><P >Synonym for <A HREF="#GUESTOK" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >guest - ok</VAR + ok</I +></TT ></A >.</P ></DD @@ -14381,7 +15578,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><A NAME="QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND" ></A ->>queuepause command (S)</DT +>queuepause command (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter specifies the command to be @@ -14395,9 +15592,11 @@ NAME="QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND" but can be issued from the Printers window under Windows 95 and NT.</P ><P ->If a <VAR +>If a <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->%p</VAR +><I +>%p</I +></TT > is given then the printer name is put in its place. Otherwise it is placed at the end of the command. </P @@ -14406,16 +15605,15 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" path in the command as the PATH may not be available to the server.</P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->depends on the setting of <VAR +>depends on the setting of <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >printing - </VAR + </I +></TT ></I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Example: <B @@ -14427,7 +15625,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="QUEUERESUMECOMMAND" ></A ->>queueresume command (S)</DT +>queueresume command (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter specifies the command to be @@ -14435,9 +15633,11 @@ NAME="QUEUERESUMECOMMAND" is the command to undo the behavior that is caused by the previous parameter (<A HREF="#QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> queuepause command</VAR +><I +> queuepause command</I +></TT ></A >).</P ><P @@ -14449,9 +15649,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" but can be issued from the Printers window under Windows 95 and NT.</P ><P ->If a <VAR +>If a <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->%p</VAR +><I +>%p</I +></TT > is given then the printer name is put in its place. Otherwise it is placed at the end of the command.</P @@ -14460,18 +15662,17 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" path in the command as the PATH may not be available to the server.</P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >depends on the setting of <A HREF="#PRINTING" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->printing</VAR +><I +>printing</I +></TT ></A ></I -></SPAN > </P ><P @@ -14485,7 +15686,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="READBMPX" ></A ->>read bmpx (G)</DT +>read bmpx (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This boolean parameter controls whether <A @@ -14494,9 +15695,9 @@ TARGET="_top" >smbd(8)</A > will support the "Read Block Multiplex" SMB. This is now rarely used and defaults to - <CODE + <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->no</CODE +>no</TT >. You should never need to set this parameter.</P ><P @@ -14509,38 +15710,46 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="READLIST" ></A ->>read list (S)</DT +>read list (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This is a list of users that are given read-only access to a service. If the connecting user is in this list then they will not be given write access, no matter what the <A HREF="#READONLY" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->read only</VAR +><I +>read only</I +></TT ></A > option is set to. The list can include group names using the syntax described in the <A HREF="#INVALIDUSERS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> invalid users</VAR +><I +> invalid users</I +></TT ></A > parameter.</P ><P >See also the <A HREF="#WRITELIST" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> write list</VAR +><I +> write list</I +></TT ></A > parameter and the <A HREF="#INVALIDUSERS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->invalid users</VAR +><I +>invalid users</I +></TT > </A > parameter.</P @@ -14559,20 +15768,22 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="READONLY" ></A ->>read only (S)</DT +>read only (S)</DT ><DD ><P >An inverted synonym is <A HREF="#WRITEABLE" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->writeable</VAR +><I +>writeable</I +></TT ></A >.</P ><P ->If this parameter is <CODE +>If this parameter is <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</CODE +>yes</TT >, then users of a service may not create or modify files in the service's directory.</P @@ -14581,12 +15792,9 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT" CLASS="COMMAND" >printable = yes</B >) - will <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + will <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >ALWAYS</I -></SPAN > allow writing to the directory (user privileges permitting), but only via spooling operations.</P ><P @@ -14599,7 +15807,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="READRAW" ></A ->>read raw (G)</DT +>read raw (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter controls whether or not the server @@ -14617,9 +15825,11 @@ NAME="READRAW" >In general this parameter should be viewed as a system tuning tool and left severely alone. See also <A HREF="#WRITERAW" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->write raw</VAR +><I +>write raw</I +></TT ></A >.</P ><P @@ -14632,12 +15842,14 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="READSIZE" ></A ->>read size (G)</DT +>read size (G)</DT ><DD ><P ->The option <VAR +>The option <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->read size</VAR +><I +>read size</I +></TT > affects the overlap of disk reads/writes with network reads/writes. If the amount of data being transferred in several of the SMB @@ -14671,7 +15883,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="REALM" ></A ->>realm (G)</DT +>realm (G)</DT ><DD ><P > This option specifies the kerberos realm to use. The realm is @@ -14696,7 +15908,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="REMOTEANNOUNCE" ></A ->>remote announce (G)</DT +>remote announce (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This option allows you to setup <A @@ -14727,9 +15939,11 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" If you leave out the workgroup name then the one given in the <A HREF="#WORKGROUP" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->workgroup</VAR +><I +>workgroup</I +></TT ></A > parameter is used instead.</P @@ -14738,10 +15952,9 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" addresses of the remote networks, but can also be the IP addresses of known browse masters if your network config is that stable.</P ><P ->See the documentation file <A -HREF="improved-browsing.html" -TARGET="_top" ->BROWSING</A +>See the documentation file <TT +CLASS="FILENAME" +>BROWSING.txt</TT > in the <TT CLASS="FILENAME" @@ -14758,7 +15971,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="REMOTEBROWSESYNC" ></A ->>remote browse sync (G)</DT +>remote browse sync (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This option allows you to setup <A @@ -14808,14 +16021,14 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="RESTRICTANONYMOUS" ></A ->>restrict anonymous (G)</DT +>restrict anonymous (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This is a integer parameter, and mirrors as much as possible the functinality the - <CODE + <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->RestrictAnonymous</CODE +>RestrictAnonymous</TT > registry key does on NT/Win2k. </P ><P @@ -14828,14 +16041,16 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="ROOT" ></A ->>root (G)</DT +>root (G)</DT ><DD ><P >Synonym for <A HREF="#ROOTDIRECTORY" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->root directory"</VAR +><I +>root directory"</I +></TT ></A >.</P ></DD @@ -14843,14 +16058,16 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><A NAME="ROOTDIR" ></A ->>root dir (G)</DT +>root dir (G)</DT ><DD ><P >Synonym for <A HREF="#ROOTDIRECTORY" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->root directory"</VAR +><I +>root directory"</I +></TT ></A >.</P ></DD @@ -14858,7 +16075,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><A NAME="ROOTDIRECTORY" ></A ->>root directory (G)</DT +>root directory (G)</DT ><DD ><P >The server will <B @@ -14872,35 +16089,40 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" parts of the filesystem, or attempts to use ".." in file names to access other directories (depending on the setting of the <A HREF="#WIDELINKS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->wide links</VAR +><I +>wide links</I +></TT ></A > parameter).</P ><P ->Adding a <VAR +>Adding a <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->root directory</VAR +><I +>root directory</I +></TT > entry other than "/" adds an extra level of security, but at a price. It absolutely ensures that no access is given to files not in the - sub-tree specified in the <VAR + sub-tree specified in the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->root directory</VAR -> - option, <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I +>root directory</I +></TT +> + option, <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >including</I -></SPAN > some files needed for complete operation of the server. To maintain full operability of the server you will need to mirror some system files - into the <VAR + into the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->root directory</VAR +><I +>root directory</I +></TT > tree. In particular you will need to mirror <TT CLASS="FILENAME" @@ -14924,12 +16146,14 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="ROOTPOSTEXEC" ></A ->>root postexec (S)</DT +>root postexec (S)</DT ><DD ><P ->This is the same as the <VAR +>This is the same as the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->postexec</VAR +><I +>postexec</I +></TT > parameter except that the command is run as root. This is useful for unmounting filesystems @@ -14937,9 +16161,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P >See also <A HREF="#POSTEXEC" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> postexec</VAR +><I +> postexec</I +></TT ></A >.</P ><P @@ -14953,12 +16179,14 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="ROOTPREEXEC" ></A ->>root preexec (S)</DT +>root preexec (S)</DT ><DD ><P ->This is the same as the <VAR +>This is the same as the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->preexec</VAR +><I +>preexec</I +></TT > parameter except that the command is run as root. This is useful for mounting filesystems (such as CDROMs) when a @@ -14966,15 +16194,19 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P >See also <A HREF="#PREEXEC" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> preexec</VAR +><I +> preexec</I +></TT ></A > and <A HREF="#PREEXECCLOSE" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->preexec close</VAR +><I +>preexec close</I +></TT ></A >.</P ><P @@ -14988,26 +16220,32 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="ROOTPREEXECCLOSE" ></A ->>root preexec close (S)</DT +>root preexec close (S)</DT ><DD ><P ->This is the same as the <VAR +>This is the same as the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >preexec close - </VAR + </I +></TT > parameter except that the command is run as root.</P ><P >See also <A HREF="#PREEXEC" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> preexec</VAR +><I +> preexec</I +></TT ></A > and <A HREF="#PREEXECCLOSE" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->preexec close</VAR +><I +>preexec close</I +></TT ></A >.</P ><P @@ -15020,7 +16258,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="SECURITY" ></A ->>security (G)</DT +>security (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This option affects how clients respond to @@ -15030,12 +16268,11 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" > file.</P ><P >The option sets the "security mode bit" in replies to - protocol negotiations with <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN + protocol negotiations with <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +>smbd(8) + </A > to turn share level security on or off. Clients decide based on this bit whether (and how) to transfer user and password information to the server.</P @@ -15098,9 +16335,11 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >, see the <A HREF="#MAPTOGUEST" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->map to guest</VAR +><I +>map to guest</I +></TT > </A >parameter for details.</P @@ -15108,18 +16347,17 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" >It is possible to use <B CLASS="COMMAND" >smbd</B -> in a <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +> in a <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" > hybrid mode</I -></SPAN > where it is offers both user and share level security under different <A HREF="#NETBIOSALIASES" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->NetBIOS aliases</VAR +><I +>NetBIOS aliases</I +></TT ></A >. </P ><P @@ -15128,13 +16366,10 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><A NAME="SECURITYEQUALSSHARE" ></A ->><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >SECURITY = SHARE </I -></SPAN ></P ><P >When clients connect to a share level security server they @@ -15152,12 +16387,9 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >Note that <B CLASS="COMMAND" >smbd</B -> <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +> <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >ALWAYS</I -></SPAN > uses a valid UNIX user to act on behalf of the client, even in <B @@ -15182,17 +16414,21 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><P >If the <A HREF="#GUESTONLY" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >guest - only</VAR + only</I +></TT ></A > parameter is set, then all the other stages are missed and only the <A HREF="#GUESTACCOUNT" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->guest account</VAR +><I +>guest account</I +></TT ></A > username is checked. </P @@ -15202,22 +16438,21 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" >Is a username is sent with the share connection request, then this username (after mapping - see <A HREF="#USERNAMEMAP" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->username map</VAR +><I +>username map</I +></TT ></A >), is added as a potential username.</P ></LI ><LI ><P ->If the client did a previous <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>If the client did a previous <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >logon </I -></SPAN > request (the SessionSetup SMB call) then the username sent in this SMB will be added as a potential username. </P @@ -15236,376 +16471,355 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" ><P >Any users on the <A HREF="#USER" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> user</VAR +><I +> user</I +></TT ></A > list are added as potential usernames. </P ></LI ></UL ><P ->If the <VAR +>If the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->guest only</VAR +><I +>guest only</I +></TT > parameter is not set, then this list is then tried with the supplied password. The first user for whom the password matches will be used as the UNIX user.</P ><P ->If the <VAR +>If the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->guest only</VAR +><I +>guest only</I +></TT > parameter is set, or no username can be determined then if the share is marked - as available to the <VAR + as available to the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->guest account</VAR +><I +>guest account</I +></TT >, then this guest user will be used, otherwise access is denied.</P ><P ->Note that it can be <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Note that it can be <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >very</I -></SPAN > confusing in share-level security as to which UNIX username will eventually be used in granting access.</P ><P >See also the section <A -HREF="#AEN240" +HREF="#AEN238" > NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</A >.</P ><P ><A NAME="SECURITYEQUALSUSER" ></A ->><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >SECURITY = USER </I -></SPAN ></P ><P ->This is the default security setting in Samba 3.0. +>This is the default security setting in Samba 2.2. With user-level security a client must first "log-on" with a valid username and password (which can be mapped using the <A HREF="#USERNAMEMAP" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->username map</VAR +><I +>username map</I +></TT ></A > parameter). Encrypted passwords (see the <A HREF="#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->encrypted passwords</VAR +><I +>encrypted passwords</I +></TT ></A > parameter) can also be used in this security mode. Parameters such as <A HREF="#USER" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->user</VAR +><I +>user</I +></TT ></A > and <A HREF="#GUESTONLY" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->guest only</VAR +><I +>guest only</I +></TT ></A > if set are then applied and may change the UNIX user to use on this connection, but only after the user has been successfully authenticated.</P ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >Note</I -></SPAN > that the name of the resource being - requested is <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + requested is <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >not</I -></SPAN > sent to the server until after the server has successfully authenticated the client. This is why guest shares don't work in user level security without allowing the server to automatically map unknown users into the <A HREF="#GUESTACCOUNT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->guest account</VAR +><I +>guest account</I +></TT ></A >. See the <A HREF="#MAPTOGUEST" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->map to guest</VAR +><I +>map to guest</I +></TT > </A > parameter for details on doing this.</P ><P >See also the section <A -HREF="#AEN240" +HREF="#AEN238" > NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</A >.</P ><P ><A -NAME="SECURITYEQUALSDOMAIN" +NAME="SECURITYEQUALSSERVER" ></A ->><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->SECURITY = DOMAIN - +>SECURITY = SERVER </I -></SPAN ></P ><P ->This mode will only work correctly if <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->net</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN -> has been used to add this - machine into a Windows NT Domain. It expects the <A -HREF="#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" -><VAR -CLASS="PARAMETER" ->encrypted passwords</VAR -> - </A -> parameter to be set to <CODE -CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</CODE ->. In this - mode Samba will try to validate the username/password by passing - it to a Windows NT Primary or Backup Domain Controller, in exactly - the same way that a Windows NT Server would do.</P -><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->Note</I -></SPAN -> that a valid UNIX user must still - exist as well as the account on the Domain Controller to allow - Samba to have a valid UNIX account to map file access to.</P +>In this mode Samba will try to validate the username/password + by passing it to another SMB server, such as an NT box. If this + fails it will revert to <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>security = user</B +>, but note + that if encrypted passwords have been negotiated then Samba cannot + revert back to checking the UNIX password file, it must have a valid + <TT +CLASS="FILENAME" +>smbpasswd</TT +> file to check users against. See the + documentation file in the <TT +CLASS="FILENAME" +>docs/</TT +> directory + <TT +CLASS="FILENAME" +>ENCRYPTION.txt</TT +> for details on how to set this + up.</P ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >Note</I -></SPAN -> that from the client's point - of view <B +> that from the client's point of + view <B CLASS="COMMAND" ->security = domain</B +>security = server</B > is the same as <B CLASS="COMMAND" ->security = user - </B ->. It only affects how the server deals with the authentication, - it does not in any way affect what the client sees.</P +> security = user</B +>. It only affects how the server deals + with the authentication, it does not in any way affect what the + client sees.</P ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >Note</I -></SPAN > that the name of the resource being - requested is <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + requested is <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >not</I -></SPAN > sent to the server until after the server has successfully authenticated the client. This is why guest shares don't work in user level security without allowing the server to automatically map unknown users into the <A HREF="#GUESTACCOUNT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->guest account</VAR +><I +>guest account</I +></TT ></A >. See the <A HREF="#MAPTOGUEST" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->map to guest</VAR +><I +>map to guest</I +></TT > </A > parameter for details on doing this.</P ><P >See also the section <A -HREF="#AEN240" +HREF="#AEN238" > NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</A >.</P ><P >See also the <A HREF="#PASSWORDSERVER" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >password - server</VAR + server</I +></TT ></A > parameter and the <A HREF="#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->encrypted passwords</VAR +><I +>encrypted passwords</I +></TT > </A > parameter.</P ><P ><A -NAME="SECURITYEQUALSSERVER" +NAME="SECURITYEQUALSDOMAIN" ></A ->><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->SECURITY = SERVER +>SECURITY = DOMAIN </I -></SPAN ></P ><P ->In this mode Samba will try to validate the username/password - by passing it to another SMB server, such as an NT box. If this - fails it will revert to <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->security = - user</B ->. It expects the <A +>This mode will only work correctly if <A +HREF="smbpasswd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +>smbpasswd(8)</A +> has been used to add this + machine into a Windows NT Domain. It expects the <A HREF="#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->encrypted passwords</VAR +><I +>encrypted passwords</I +></TT > </A -> parameter to be set to - <CODE +> parameter to be set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</CODE ->, unless the remote server - does not support them. However note - that if encrypted passwords have been negotiated then Samba cannot - revert back to checking the UNIX password file, it must have a valid - <TT -CLASS="FILENAME" ->smbpasswd</TT -> file to check users against. See the - documentation file in the <TT -CLASS="FILENAME" ->docs/</TT -> directory - <TT -CLASS="FILENAME" ->ENCRYPTION.txt</TT -> for details on how to set this - up.</P +>yes</TT +>. In this + mode Samba will try to validate the username/password by passing + it to a Windows NT Primary or Backup Domain Controller, in exactly + the same way that a Windows NT Server would do.</P ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >Note</I -></SPAN -> this mode of operation - has significant pitfalls, due to the fact that is - activly initiates a man-in-the-middle attack on the - remote SMB server. In particular, this mode of - operation can cause significant resource consuption on - the PDC, as it must maintain an active connection for - the duration of the user's session. Furthermore, if - this connection is lost, there is no way to - reestablish it, and futher authenticaions to the Samba - server may fail. (From a single client, till it - disconnects). </P -><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" +> that a valid UNIX user must still + exist as well as the account on the Domain Controller to allow + Samba to have a valid UNIX account to map file access to.</P +><P ><I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >Note</I -></SPAN -> that from the client's point of - view <B +> that from the client's point + of view <B CLASS="COMMAND" ->security = server</B +>security = domain</B > is the same as <B CLASS="COMMAND" -> security = user</B ->. It only affects how the server deals - with the authentication, it does not in any way affect what the - client sees.</P +>security = user + </B +>. It only affects how the server deals with the authentication, + it does not in any way affect what the client sees.</P ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >Note</I -></SPAN > that the name of the resource being - requested is <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + requested is <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >not</I -></SPAN > sent to the server until after the server has successfully authenticated the client. This is why guest shares don't work in user level security without allowing the server to automatically map unknown users into the <A HREF="#GUESTACCOUNT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->guest account</VAR +><I +>guest account</I +></TT ></A >. See the <A HREF="#MAPTOGUEST" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->map to guest</VAR +><I +>map to guest</I +></TT > </A > parameter for details on doing this.</P ><P +><I +CLASS="EMPHASIS" +>BUG:</I +> There is currently a bug in the + implementation of <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>security = domain</B +> with respect + to multi-byte character set usernames. The communication with a + Domain Controller must be done in UNICODE and Samba currently + does not widen multi-byte user names to UNICODE correctly, thus + a multi-byte username will not be recognized correctly at the + Domain Controller. This issue will be addressed in a future release.</P +><P >See also the section <A -HREF="#AEN240" +HREF="#AEN238" > NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</A >.</P ><P >See also the <A HREF="#PASSWORDSERVER" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >password - server</VAR + server</I +></TT ></A > parameter and the <A HREF="#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->encrypted passwords</VAR +><I +>encrypted passwords</I +></TT > </A > parameter.</P @@ -15624,7 +16838,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="SECURITYMASK" ></A ->>security mask (S)</DT +>security mask (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter controls what UNIX permission @@ -15642,40 +16856,43 @@ NAME="SECURITYMASK" a user to modify all the user/group/world permissions on a file. </P ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >Note</I -></SPAN > that users who can access the Samba server through other means can easily bypass this restriction, so it is primarily useful for standalone "appliance" systems. Administrators of most normal systems will - probably want to leave it set to <CODE + probably want to leave it set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->0777</CODE +>0777</TT >.</P ><P >See also the <A HREF="#FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->force directory security mode</VAR +><I +>force directory security mode</I +></TT ></A >, <A HREF="#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >directory - security mask</VAR + security mask</I +></TT ></A >, <A HREF="#FORCESECURITYMODE" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->force security mode</VAR +><I +>force security mode</I +></TT ></A > parameters.</P ><P @@ -15691,54 +16908,9 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ></DD ><DT ><A -NAME="SERVERSCHANNEL" -></A ->>server schannel (G)</DT -><DD -><P ->This controls whether the server offers or even - demands the use of the netlogon schannel. - <VAR -CLASS="PARAMETER" ->server schannel = no</VAR -> does not - offer the schannel, <VAR -CLASS="PARAMETER" ->server schannel = - auto</VAR -> offers the schannel but does not - enforce it, and <VAR -CLASS="PARAMETER" ->server schannel = - yes</VAR -> denies access if the client is not - able to speak netlogon schannel. This is only the case - for Windows NT4 before SP4.</P -><P ->Please note that with this set to - <VAR -CLASS="PARAMETER" ->no</VAR -> you will have to apply the - WindowsXP requireSignOrSeal-Registry patch found in - the docs/Registry subdirectory.</P -><P ->Default: <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->server schannel = auto</B -></P -><P ->Example: <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->server schannel = yes</B ->/para> - </P -></DD -><DT -><A NAME="SERVERSTRING" ></A ->>server string (G)</DT +>server string (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This controls what string will show up in the @@ -15752,15 +16924,19 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >It also sets what will appear in browse lists next to the machine name.</P ><P ->A <VAR +>A <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->%v</VAR +><I +>%v</I +></TT > will be replaced with the Samba version number.</P ><P ->A <VAR +>A <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->%h</VAR +><I +>%h</I +></TT > will be replaced with the hostname.</P ><P @@ -15777,51 +16953,9 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ></DD ><DT ><A -NAME="SETPRIMARYGROUPSCRIPT" -></A ->>set primary group script (G)</DT -><DD -><P ->Thanks to the Posix subsystem in NT a - Windows User has a primary group in addition to the - auxiliary groups. This script sets the primary group - in the unix userdatase when an administrator sets the - primary group from the windows user manager or when - fetching a SAM with <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->net rpc - vampire</B ->. <VAR -CLASS="PARAMETER" ->%u</VAR -> will be - replaced with the user whose primary group is to be - set. <VAR -CLASS="PARAMETER" ->%g</VAR -> will be replaced with - the group to set. - - </P -><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->No default value</I -></SPAN -></P -><P ->Example: <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->set primary group script = /usr/sbin/usermod -g '%g' '%u'</B -></P -></DD -><DT -><A NAME="SETDIRECTORY" ></A ->>set directory (S)</DT +>set directory (S)</DT ><DD ><P >If <B @@ -15847,13 +16981,15 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="SHAREMODES" ></A ->>share modes (S)</DT +>share modes (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This enables or disables the honoring of - the <VAR + the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->share modes</VAR +><I +>share modes</I +></TT > during a file open. These modes are used by clients to gain exclusive read or write access to a file.</P @@ -15863,38 +16999,35 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" UNIX doesn't support shared memory (almost all do).</P ><P >The share modes that are enabled by this option are - <CODE + <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->DENY_DOS</CODE ->, <CODE +>DENY_DOS</TT +>, <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->DENY_ALL</CODE +>DENY_ALL</TT >, - <CODE + <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->DENY_READ</CODE ->, <CODE +>DENY_READ</TT +>, <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->DENY_WRITE</CODE +>DENY_WRITE</TT >, - <CODE + <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->DENY_NONE</CODE -> and <CODE +>DENY_NONE</TT +> and <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->DENY_FCB</CODE +>DENY_FCB</TT >. </P ><P >This option gives full share compatibility and enabled by default.</P ><P ->You should <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>You should <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >NEVER</I -></SPAN > turn this parameter off as many Windows applications will break if you do so.</P ><P @@ -15907,7 +17040,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="SHORTPRESERVECASE" ></A ->>short preserve case (S)</DT +>short preserve case (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This boolean parameter controls if new files @@ -15915,10 +17048,12 @@ NAME="SHORTPRESERVECASE" suitable length, are created upper case, or if they are forced to be the <A HREF="#DEFAULTCASE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >default case - </VAR + </I +></TT ></A >. This option can be use with <A HREF="#PRESERVECASE" @@ -15931,7 +17066,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" names are lowered. </P ><P >See the section on <A -HREF="#AEN207" +HREF="#AEN205" > NAME MANGLING</A >.</P ><P @@ -15944,7 +17079,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD" ></A ->>show add printer wizard (G)</DT +>show add printer wizard (G)</DT ><DD ><P >With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing support @@ -15958,46 +17093,53 @@ NAME="SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD" open a handle on the printer server with OpenPrinterEx() asking for Administrator privileges. If the user does not have administrative access on the print server (i.e is not root or a member of the - <VAR + <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->printer admin</VAR +><I +>printer admin</I +></TT > group), the OpenPrinterEx() call fails and the client makes another open call with a request for a lower privilege level. This should succeed, however the APW icon will not be displayed.</P ><P ->Disabling the <VAR +>Disabling the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->show add printer wizard</VAR +><I +>show add printer wizard</I +></TT > parameter will always cause the OpenPrinterEx() on the server - to fail. Thus the APW icon will never be displayed. <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + to fail. Thus the APW icon will never be displayed. <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" > Note :</I -></SPAN >This does not prevent the same user from having administrative privilege on an individual printer.</P ><P >See also <A HREF="#ADDPRINTERCOMMAND" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >addprinter - command</VAR + command</I +></TT ></A >, <A HREF="#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->deleteprinter command</VAR +><I +>deleteprinter command</I +></TT ></A >, <A HREF="#PRINTERADMIN" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->printer admin</VAR +><I +>printer admin</I +></TT ></A ></P ><P @@ -16010,15 +17152,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="SHUTDOWNSCRIPT" ></A ->>shutdown script (G)</DT +>shutdown script (G)</DT ><DD ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >This parameter only exists in the HEAD cvs branch</I -></SPAN > This a full path name to a script called by <A @@ -16036,52 +17175,51 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><P >%m %t %r %f parameters are expanded</P ><P -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->%m</VAR +><I +>%m</I +></TT > will be substituted with the shutdown message sent to the server.</P ><P -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->%t</VAR +><I +>%t</I +></TT > will be substituted with the number of seconds to wait before effectively starting the shutdown procedure.</P ><P -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->%r</VAR -> will be substituted with the - switch <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I +>%r</I +></TT +> will be substituted with the + switch <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >-r</I -></SPAN >. It means reboot after shutdown for NT. </P ><P -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->%f</VAR -> will be substituted with the - switch <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I +>%f</I +></TT +> will be substituted with the + switch <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >-f</I -></SPAN >. It means force the shutdown even if applications do not respond for NT.</P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >None</I -></SPAN >.</P ><P >Example: <B @@ -16090,24 +17228,36 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ></P ><P >Shutdown script example: -<PRE + <TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="90%" +><TR +><TD +><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" ->#!/bin/bash +> #!/bin/bash -$time=0 -let "time/60" -let "time++" + $time=0 + let "time/60" + let "time++" -/sbin/shutdown $3 $4 +$time $1 &</PRE + /sbin/shutdown $3 $4 +$time $1 & + </PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE > Shutdown does not return so we need to launch it in background. </P ><P >See also <A HREF="#ABORTSHUTDOWNSCRIPT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->abort shutdown script</VAR +><I +>abort shutdown script</I +></TT ></A >.</P ></DD @@ -16115,7 +17265,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><A NAME="SMBPASSWDFILE" ></A ->>smb passwd file (G)</DT +>smb passwd file (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This option sets the path to the encrypted @@ -16138,7 +17288,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="SMBPORTS" ></A ->>smb ports (G)</DT +>smb ports (G)</DT ><DD ><P >Specifies which ports the server should listen on @@ -16154,7 +17304,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="SOCKETADDRESS" ></A ->>socket address (G)</DT +>socket address (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This option allows you to control what @@ -16175,7 +17325,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="SOCKETOPTIONS" ></A ->>socket options (G)</DT +>socket options (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This option allows you to set socket options @@ -16256,12 +17406,9 @@ TARGET="_top" ></LI ></UL ><P ->Those marked with a <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Those marked with a <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >'*'</I -></SPAN > take an integer argument. The others can optionally take a 1 or 0 argument to enable or disable the option, by default they will be enabled if you @@ -16309,7 +17456,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="SOURCEENVIRONMENT" ></A ->>source environment (G)</DT +>source environment (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter causes Samba to set environment @@ -16333,12 +17480,9 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >SAMBA_NETBIOS_NAME = myhostname</B ></P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >No default value</I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Examples: <B @@ -16357,37 +17501,27 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="SPNEGO" ></A ->>use spnego (G)</DT +>use spnego (G)</DT ><DD ><P -> This variable controls controls whether samba will try - to use Simple and Protected NEGOciation (as specified by rfc2478) with - WindowsXP and Windows2000sp2 clients to agree upon an authentication mechanism. - Unless further issues are discovered with our SPNEGO - implementation, there is no reason this should ever be - disabled.</P +> This variable controls controls whether samba will try to use Simple and Protected NEGOciation (as specified by rfc2478) with WindowsXP and Windows2000sp2 clients to agree upon an authentication mechanism. As of samba 3.0alpha it must be set to "no" for these clients to join a samba domain controller. It can be set to "yes" to allow samba to participate in an AD domain controlled by a Windows2000 domain controller.</P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >use spnego = yes</I -></SPAN ></P ></DD ><DT ><A NAME="STATCACHE" ></A ->>stat cache (G)</DT +>stat cache (G)</DT ><DD ><P ->This parameter determines if <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN +>This parameter determines if <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +>smbd(8)</A > will use a cache in order to speed up case insensitive name mappings. You should never need to change this parameter.</P @@ -16401,13 +17535,15 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="STATCACHESIZE" ></A ->>stat cache size (G)</DT +>stat cache size (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter determines the number of - entries in the <VAR + entries in the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->stat cache</VAR +><I +>stat cache</I +></TT >. You should never need to change this parameter.</P ><P @@ -16420,13 +17556,13 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="STRICTALLOCATE" ></A ->>strict allocate (S)</DT +>strict allocate (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This is a boolean that controls the handling of - disk space allocation in the server. When this is set to <CODE + disk space allocation in the server. When this is set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</CODE +>yes</TT > the server will change from UNIX behaviour of not committing real disk storage blocks when a file is extended to the Windows behaviour @@ -16435,15 +17571,15 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT" terminology this means that Samba will stop creating sparse files. This can be slow on some systems.</P ><P ->When strict allocate is <CODE +>When strict allocate is <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->no</CODE +>no</TT > the server does sparse disk block allocation when a file is extended.</P ><P ->Setting this to <CODE +>Setting this to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</CODE +>yes</TT > can help Samba return out of quota messages on systems that are restricting the disk quota of users.</P @@ -16457,20 +17593,20 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="STRICTLOCKING" ></A ->>strict locking (S)</DT +>strict locking (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This is a boolean that controls the handling of - file locking in the server. When this is set to <CODE + file locking in the server. When this is set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</CODE +>yes</TT > the server will check every read and write access for file locks, and deny access if locks exist. This can be slow on some systems.</P ><P ->When strict locking is <CODE +>When strict locking is <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->no</CODE +>no</TT > the server does file lock checks only when the client explicitly asks for them.</P ><P @@ -16490,7 +17626,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="STRICTSYNC" ></A ->>strict sync (S)</DT +>strict sync (S)</DT ><DD ><P >Many Windows applications (including the Windows @@ -16499,16 +17635,14 @@ NAME="STRICTSYNC" the process to be suspended until the kernel has ensured that all outstanding data in kernel disk buffers has been safely stored onto stable storage. This is very slow and should only be done - rarely. Setting this parameter to <CODE + rarely. Setting this parameter to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->no</CODE +>no</TT > (the - default) means that <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN + default) means that <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +>smbd</A > ignores the Windows applications requests for a sync call. There is only a possibility of losing data if the operating system itself that Samba is running on crashes, so there is @@ -16518,10 +17652,12 @@ CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ><P >See also the <A HREF="#SYNCALWAYS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >sync - always></VAR + always></I +></TT ></A > parameter.</P ><P @@ -16534,7 +17670,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="STRIPDOT" ></A ->>strip dot (G)</DT +>strip dot (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This is a boolean that controls whether to @@ -16550,41 +17686,45 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="SYNCALWAYS" ></A ->>sync always (S)</DT +>sync always (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This is a boolean parameter that controls whether writes will always be written to stable storage before - the write call returns. If this is <CODE + the write call returns. If this is <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->no</CODE +>no</TT > then the server will be guided by the client's request in each write call (clients can set a bit indicating that a particular write should be synchronous). - If this is <CODE + If this is <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</CODE +>yes</TT > then every write will be followed by a <B CLASS="COMMAND" >fsync() </B > call to ensure the data is written to disk. Note that - the <VAR + the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->strict sync</VAR +><I +>strict sync</I +></TT > parameter must be set to - <CODE + <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</CODE +>yes</TT > in order for this parameter to have any affect.</P ><P >See also the <A HREF="#STRICTSYNC" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >strict - sync</VAR + sync</I +></TT ></A > parameter.</P ><P @@ -16597,26 +17737,26 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="SYSLOG" ></A ->>syslog (G)</DT +>syslog (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter maps how Samba debug messages are logged onto the system syslog logging levels. Samba debug - level zero maps onto syslog <CODE + level zero maps onto syslog <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->LOG_ERR</CODE +>LOG_ERR</TT >, debug - level one maps onto <CODE + level one maps onto <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->LOG_WARNING</CODE +>LOG_WARNING</TT >, debug level - two maps onto <CODE + two maps onto <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->LOG_NOTICE</CODE +>LOG_NOTICE</TT >, debug level three - maps onto LOG_INFO. All higher levels are mapped to <CODE + maps onto LOG_INFO. All higher levels are mapped to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" -> LOG_DEBUG</CODE +> LOG_DEBUG</TT >.</P ><P >This parameter sets the threshold for sending messages @@ -16632,7 +17772,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="SYSLOGONLY" ></A ->>syslog only (G)</DT +>syslog only (G)</DT ><DD ><P >If this parameter is set then Samba debug @@ -16648,7 +17788,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="TEMPLATEHOMEDIR" ></A ->>template homedir (G)</DT +>template homedir (G)</DT ><DD ><P >When filling out the user information for a Windows NT @@ -16658,14 +17798,18 @@ TARGET="_top" >winbindd(8)</A > daemon uses this parameter to fill in the home directory for that user. - If the string <VAR + If the string <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->%D</VAR +><I +>%D</I +></TT > is present it is substituted - with the user's Windows NT domain name. If the string <VAR + with the user's Windows NT domain name. If the string <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >%U - </VAR + </I +></TT > is present it is substituted with the user's Windows NT user name.</P ><P @@ -16678,16 +17822,14 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="TEMPLATESHELL" ></A ->>template shell (G)</DT +>template shell (G)</DT ><DD ><P >When filling out the user information for a Windows NT - user, the <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->winbindd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN + user, the <A +HREF="winbindd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +>winbindd(8)</A > daemon uses this parameter to fill in the login shell for that user.</P ><P @@ -16700,7 +17842,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="TIMEOFFSET" ></A ->>time offset (G)</DT +>time offset (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter is a setting in minutes to add @@ -16722,15 +17864,14 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="TIMESERVER" ></A ->>time server (G)</DT +>time server (G)</DT ><DD ><P ->This parameter determines if <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->nmbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN +>This parameter determines if <A +HREF="nmbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +> + nmbd(8)</A > advertises itself as a time server to Windows clients.</P ><P @@ -16743,14 +17884,16 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="TIMESTAMPLOGS" ></A ->>timestamp logs (G)</DT +>timestamp logs (G)</DT ><DD ><P >Synonym for <A HREF="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> debug timestamp</VAR +><I +> debug timestamp</I +></TT ></A >.</P ></DD @@ -16758,18 +17901,16 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><A NAME="TOTALPRINTJOBS" ></A ->>total print jobs (G)</DT +>total print jobs (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter accepts an integer value which defines a limit on the maximum number of print jobs that will be accepted system wide at any given time. If a print job is submitted - by a client which will exceed this number, then <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN + by a client which will exceed this number, then <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +>smbd</A > will return an error indicating that no space is available on the server. The default value of 0 means that no such limit exists. This parameter @@ -16777,9 +17918,11 @@ CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" designed as a printing throttle. See also <A HREF="#MAXPRINTJOBS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->max print jobs</VAR +><I +>max print jobs</I +></TT ></A >. </P @@ -16798,7 +17941,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="UNICODE" ></A ->>unicode (G)</DT +>unicode (G)</DT ><DD ><P >Specifies whether Samba should try @@ -16815,7 +17958,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="UNIXCHARSET" ></A ->>unix charset (G)</DT +>unix charset (G)</DT ><DD ><P >Specifies the charset the unix machine @@ -16825,19 +17968,19 @@ NAME="UNIXCHARSET" ><P >Default: <B CLASS="COMMAND" ->unix charset = UTF8</B +>unix charset = ASCII</B ></P ><P >Example: <B CLASS="COMMAND" ->unix charset = ASCII</B +>unix charset = UTF8</B ></P ></DD ><DT ><A NAME="UNIXEXTENSIONS" ></A ->>unix extensions(G)</DT +>unix extensions(G)</DT ><DD ><P >This boolean parameter controls whether Samba @@ -16856,25 +17999,24 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="UNIXPASSWORDSYNC" ></A ->>unix password sync (G)</DT +>unix password sync (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This boolean parameter controls whether Samba attempts to synchronize the UNIX password with the SMB password when the encrypted SMB password in the smbpasswd file is changed. - If this is set to <CODE + If this is set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</CODE -> the program specified in the <VAR +>yes</TT +> the program specified in the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->passwd - program</VAR ->parameter is called <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I +>passwd + program</I +></TT +>parameter is called <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >AS ROOT</I -></SPAN > - to allow the new UNIX password to be set without access to the old UNIX password (as the SMB password change code has no @@ -16882,16 +18024,20 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" ><P >See also <A HREF="#PASSWDPROGRAM" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >passwd - program</VAR + program</I +></TT ></A >, <A HREF="#PASSWDCHAT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> passwd chat</VAR +><I +> passwd chat</I +></TT ></A >.</P ><P @@ -16904,7 +18050,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="UPDATEENCRYPTED" ></A ->>update encrypted (G)</DT +>update encrypted (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This boolean parameter allows a user logging @@ -16919,25 +18065,27 @@ NAME="UPDATEENCRYPTED" change is made. This is a convenience option to allow the change over to encrypted passwords to be made over a longer period. Once all users have encrypted representations of their passwords in the smbpasswd - file this parameter should be set to <CODE + file this parameter should be set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->no</CODE +>no</TT >.</P ><P >In order for this parameter to work correctly the <A HREF="#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->encrypt passwords</VAR +><I +>encrypt passwords</I +></TT > </A -> parameter must be set to <CODE +> parameter must be set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->no</CODE +>no</TT > when - this parameter is set to <CODE + this parameter is set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</CODE +>yes</TT >.</P ><P >Note that even when this parameter is set a user @@ -16957,7 +18105,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="USECLIENTDRIVER" ></A ->>use client driver (S)</DT +>use client driver (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter applies only to Windows NT/2000 @@ -16986,14 +18134,11 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >If this parameter is enabled for a printer, then any attempt to open the printer with the PRINTER_ACCESS_ADMINISTER right is mapped to PRINTER_ACCESS_USE instead. Thus allowing the OpenPrinterEx() - call to succeed. <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + call to succeed. <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >This parameter MUST not be able enabled on a print share which has valid print driver installed on the Samba server.</I -></SPAN ></P ><P >See also <A @@ -17011,15 +18156,15 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="USEMMAP" ></A ->>use mmap (G)</DT +>use mmap (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This global parameter determines if the tdb internals of Samba can depend on mmap working correctly on the running system. Samba requires a coherent mmap/read-write system memory cache. Currently only HPUX does not have such a - coherent cache, and so this parameter is set to <CODE + coherent cache, and so this parameter is set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->no</CODE +>no</TT > by default on HPUX. On all other systems this parameter should be left alone. This parameter is provided to help the Samba developers track down problems with @@ -17033,16 +18178,60 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ></DD ><DT ><A +NAME="USERHOSTS" +></A +>use rhosts (G)</DT +><DD +><P +>If this global parameter is <TT +CLASS="CONSTANT" +>yes</TT +>, it specifies + that the UNIX user's <TT +CLASS="FILENAME" +>.rhosts</TT +> file in their home directory + will be read to find the names of hosts and users who will be allowed + access without specifying a password.</P +><P +><I +CLASS="EMPHASIS" +>NOTE:</I +> The use of <TT +CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I +>use rhosts + </I +></TT +> can be a major security hole. This is because you are + trusting the PC to supply the correct username. It is very easy to + get a PC to supply a false username. I recommend that the <TT +CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I +> use rhosts</I +></TT +> option be only used if you really know what + you are doing.</P +><P +>Default: <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>use rhosts = no</B +></P +></DD +><DT +><A NAME="USER" ></A ->>user (S)</DT +>user (S)</DT ><DD ><P >Synonym for <A HREF="#USERNAME" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> username</VAR +><I +> username</I +></TT ></A >.</P ></DD @@ -17050,14 +18239,16 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><A NAME="USERS" ></A ->>users (S)</DT +>users (S)</DT ><DD ><P >Synonym for <A HREF="#USERNAME" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> username</VAR +><I +> username</I +></TT ></A >.</P ></DD @@ -17065,31 +18256,37 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><A NAME="USERNAME" ></A ->>username (S)</DT +>username (S)</DT ><DD ><P >Multiple users may be specified in a comma-delimited list, in which case the supplied password will be tested against each username in turn (left to right).</P ><P ->The <VAR +>The <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->username</VAR +><I +>username</I +></TT > line is needed only when the PC is unable to supply its own username. This is the case for the COREPLUS protocol or where your users have different WfWg usernames to UNIX usernames. In both these cases you may also be better using the \\server\share%user syntax instead.</P ><P ->The <VAR +>The <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->username</VAR +><I +>username</I +></TT > line is not a great solution in many cases as it means Samba will try to validate the supplied password against each of the usernames in the - <VAR + <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->username</VAR +><I +>username</I +></TT > line in turn. This is slow and a bad idea for lots of users in case of duplicate passwords. You may get timeouts or security breaches using this parameter @@ -17106,10 +18303,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" >To restrict a service to a particular set of users you can use the <A HREF="#VALIDUSERS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >valid users - </VAR + </I +></TT ></A > parameter.</P ><P @@ -17123,7 +18322,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" will be looked up only in the UNIX groups database and will expand to a list of all users in the group of that name.</P ><P ->If any of the usernames begin with a '&' then the name +>If any of the usernames begin with a '&'then the name will be looked up only in the NIS netgroups database (if Samba is compiled with netgroup support) and will expand to a list of all users in the netgroup group of that name.</P @@ -17133,7 +18332,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" search.</P ><P >See the section <A -HREF="#AEN240" +HREF="#AEN238" >NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</A > for more information on how @@ -17155,7 +18354,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="USERNAMELEVEL" ></A ->>username level (G)</DT +>username level (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This option helps Samba to try and 'guess' at @@ -17169,10 +18368,10 @@ NAME="USERNAMELEVEL" combinations to try while trying to determine the UNIX user name. The higher the number the more combinations will be tried, but the slower the discovery of usernames will be. Use this parameter when you have - strange usernames on your UNIX machine, such as <CODE + strange usernames on your UNIX machine, such as <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" >AstrangeUser - </CODE + </TT >.</P ><P >Default: <B @@ -17189,7 +18388,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="USERNAMEMAP" ></A ->>username map (G)</DT +>username map (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This option allows you to specify a file containing @@ -17222,16 +18421,16 @@ NAME="USERNAMEMAP" Using '!' is most useful when you have a wildcard mapping line later in the file.</P ><P ->For example to map from the name <CODE +>For example to map from the name <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->admin</CODE +>admin</TT > - or <CODE + or <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->administrator</CODE -> to the UNIX name <CODE +>administrator</TT +> to the UNIX name <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" -> root</CODE +> root</TT > you would use:</P ><P ><B @@ -17239,13 +18438,13 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >root = admin administrator</B ></P ><P ->Or to map anyone in the UNIX group <CODE +>Or to map anyone in the UNIX group <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->system</CODE +>system</TT > - to the UNIX name <CODE + to the UNIX name <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->sys</CODE +>sys</TT > you would use:</P ><P ><B @@ -17279,34 +18478,46 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" '!' to tell Samba to stop processing if it gets a match on that line.</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="90%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" ->!sys = mary fred -guest = *</PRE +> !sys = mary fred + guest = * + </PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >Note that the remapping is applied to all occurrences - of usernames. Thus if you connect to \\server\fred and <CODE + of usernames. Thus if you connect to \\server\fred and <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" -> fred</CODE -> is remapped to <CODE +> fred</TT +> is remapped to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->mary</CODE +>mary</TT > then you will actually be connecting to \\server\mary and will need to - supply a password suitable for <CODE + supply a password suitable for <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->mary</CODE +>mary</TT > not - <CODE + <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->fred</CODE +>fred</TT >. The only exception to this is the username passed to the <A HREF="#PASSWORDSERVER" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> password server</VAR +><I +> password server</I +></TT ></A > (if you have one). The password server will receive whatever username the client supplies without @@ -17317,12 +18528,9 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" trouble deleting print jobs as PrintManager under WfWg will think they don't own the print job.</P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >no username map</I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Example: <B @@ -17335,12 +18543,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="USESENDFILE" ></A ->>use sendfile (S)</DT +>use sendfile (S)</DT ><DD ><P ->If this parameter is <CODE +>If this parameter is <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</CODE +>yes</TT >, and Samba was built with the --with-sendfile-support option, and the underlying operating system supports sendfile system call, then some SMB read calls (mainly ReadAndX @@ -17359,16 +18567,16 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="UTMP" ></A ->>utmp (G)</DT +>utmp (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This boolean parameter is only available if Samba has been configured and compiled with the option <B CLASS="COMMAND" > --with-utmp</B ->. If set to <CODE +>. If set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</CODE +>yes</TT > then Samba will attempt to add utmp or utmpx records (depending on the UNIX system) whenever a connection is made to a Samba server. Sites may use this to record the @@ -17382,9 +18590,11 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT" ><P >See also the <A HREF="#UTMPDIRECTORY" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> utmp directory</VAR +><I +> utmp directory</I +></TT ></A > parameter.</P ><P @@ -17397,7 +18607,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="UTMPDIRECTORY" ></A ->>utmp directory(G)</DT +>utmp directory(G)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter is only available if Samba has @@ -17408,9 +18618,11 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" used to store the utmp or utmpx files (depending on the UNIX system) that record user connections to a Samba server. See also the <A HREF="#UTMP" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->utmp</VAR +><I +>utmp</I +></TT ></A > parameter. By default this is not set, meaning the system will use whatever utmp file the @@ -17420,12 +18632,9 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" >/var/run/utmp</TT > on Linux).</P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >no utmp directory</I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Example: <B @@ -17437,7 +18646,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="WTMPDIRECTORY" ></A ->>wtmp directory(G)</DT +>wtmp directory(G)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter is only available if Samba has @@ -17452,9 +18661,11 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" See also the <A HREF="#UTMP" -> <VAR +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->utmp</VAR +><I +>utmp</I +></TT ></A > parameter. By default this is not set, meaning the system will use whatever utmp file the @@ -17464,12 +18675,9 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" >/var/run/wtmp</TT > on Linux).</P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >no wtmp directory</I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Example: <B @@ -17481,46 +18689,51 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="VALIDUSERS" ></A ->>valid users (S)</DT +>valid users (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This is a list of users that should be allowed to login to this service. Names starting with '@', '+' and '&' are interpreted using the same rules as described in the - <VAR + <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->invalid users</VAR +><I +>invalid users</I +></TT > parameter.</P ><P >If this is empty (the default) then any user can login. - If a username is in both this list and the <VAR + If a username is in both this list and the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >invalid - users</VAR + users</I +></TT > list then access is denied for that user.</P ><P ->The current servicename is substituted for <VAR +>The current servicename is substituted for <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >%S - </VAR + </I +></TT >. This is useful in the [homes] section.</P ><P >See also <A HREF="#INVALIDUSERS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >invalid users - </VAR + </I +></TT ></A ></P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >No valid users list (anyone can login) </I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Example: <B @@ -17532,7 +18745,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="VETOFILES" ></A ->>veto files(S)</DT +>veto files(S)</DT ><DD ><P >This is a list of files and directories that @@ -17542,18 +18755,17 @@ NAME="VETOFILES" or directories as in DOS wildcards.</P ><P >Each entry must be a unix path, not a DOS path and - must <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + must <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >not</I -></SPAN > include the unix directory separator '/'.</P ><P ->Note that the <VAR +>Note that the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->case sensitive</VAR +><I +>case sensitive</I +></TT > option is applicable in vetoing files.</P ><P @@ -17561,20 +18773,21 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" is important to be aware of is Samba's behaviour when trying to delete a directory. If a directory that is to be deleted contains nothing but veto files this - deletion will <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + deletion will <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >fail</I -></SPAN > unless you also set - the <VAR + the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->delete veto files</VAR +><I +>delete veto files</I +></TT > parameter to - <VAR + <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->yes</VAR +><I +>yes</I +></TT >.</P ><P >Setting this parameter will affect the performance @@ -17583,29 +18796,36 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P >See also <A HREF="#HIDEFILES" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >hide files - </VAR + </I +></TT ></A > and <A HREF="#CASESENSITIVE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> case sensitive</VAR +><I +> case sensitive</I +></TT ></A >.</P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >No files or directories are vetoed. </I -></SPAN ></P ><P ->Examples:<PRE +>Examples:<TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="90%" +><TR +><TD +><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >; Veto any files containing the word Security, ; any ending in .tmp, and any directory containing the @@ -17615,20 +18835,25 @@ veto files = /*Security*/*.tmp/*root*/ ; Veto the Apple specific files that a NetAtalk server ; creates. veto files = /.AppleDouble/.bin/.AppleDesktop/Network Trash Folder/</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ></DD ><DT ><A NAME="VETOOPLOCKFILES" ></A ->>veto oplock files (S)</DT +>veto oplock files (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter is only valid when the <A HREF="#OPLOCKS" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->oplocks</VAR +><I +>oplocks</I +></TT ></A > parameter is turned on for a share. It allows the Samba administrator @@ -17636,20 +18861,19 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" match a wildcarded list, similar to the wildcarded list used in the <A HREF="#VETOFILES" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->veto files</VAR +><I +>veto files</I +></TT ></A > parameter.</P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >No files are vetoed for oplock grants</I -></SPAN ></P ><P >You might want to do this on files that you know will @@ -17673,7 +18897,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="VFSPATH" ></A ->>vfs path (S)</DT +>vfs path (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter specifies the directory @@ -17698,7 +18922,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="VFSOBJECT" ></A ->>vfs object (S)</DT +>vfs object (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter specifies a shared object files that @@ -17706,63 +18930,56 @@ NAME="VFSOBJECT" disk I/O operations are used but these can be overloaded with one or more VFS objects. </P ><P ->Default : <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default : <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >no value</I -></SPAN ></P ></DD ><DT ><A NAME="VFSOPTIONS" ></A ->>vfs options (S)</DT +>vfs options (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter allows parameters to be passed to the vfs layer at initialization time. See also <A HREF="#VFSOBJECT" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> vfs object</VAR +><I +> vfs object</I +></TT ></A >.</P ><P ->Default : <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default : <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >no value</I -></SPAN ></P ></DD ><DT ><A NAME="VOLUME" ></A ->>volume (S)</DT +>volume (S)</DT ><DD ><P > This allows you to override the volume label returned for a share. Useful for CDROMs with installation programs that insist on a particular volume label.</P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >the name of the share</I -></SPAN ></P ></DD ><DT ><A NAME="WIDELINKS" ></A ->>wide links (S)</DT +>wide links (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter controls whether or not links @@ -17784,16 +19001,14 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="WINBINDCACHETIME" ></A ->>winbind cache time (G)</DT +>winbind cache time (G)</DT ><DD ><P ->This parameter specifies the number of - seconds the <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->winbindd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN +>This parameter specifies the number of seconds the + <A +HREF="winbindd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +>winbindd(8)</A > daemon will cache user and group information before querying a Windows NT server again.</P @@ -17807,19 +19022,19 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="WINBINDENUMUSERS" ></A ->>winbind enum users (G)</DT +>winbind enum users (G)</DT ><DD ><P ->On large installations using <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->winbindd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN +>On large installations using + <A +HREF="winbindd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +>winbindd(8)</A > it may be - necessary to suppress the enumeration of users through the <B + necessary to suppress the enumeration of users through the + <B CLASS="COMMAND" ->setpwent()</B +> setpwent()</B >, <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -17829,25 +19044,24 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" CLASS="COMMAND" >endpwent()</B > group of system calls. If - the <VAR + the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->winbind enum users</VAR +><I +>winbind enum users</I +></TT > parameter is - <CODE + <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->no</CODE +>no</TT >, calls to the <B CLASS="COMMAND" >getpwent</B > system call will not return any data. </P ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >Warning:</I -></SPAN > Turning off user enumeration may cause some programs to behave oddly. For example, the finger program relies on having access to the @@ -17863,19 +19077,19 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="WINBINDENUMGROUPS" ></A ->>winbind enum groups (G)</DT +>winbind enum groups (G)</DT ><DD ><P ->On large installations using <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->winbindd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN -> it may be necessary to suppress - the enumeration of groups through the <B +>On large installations using + <A +HREF="winbindd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +>winbindd(8)</A +> it may be + necessary to suppress the enumeration of groups through the + <B CLASS="COMMAND" ->setgrent()</B +> setgrent()</B >, <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -17885,25 +19099,24 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" CLASS="COMMAND" >endgrent()</B > group of system calls. If - the <VAR + the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->winbind enum groups</VAR +><I +>winbind enum groups</I +></TT > parameter is - <CODE + <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->no</CODE +>no</TT >, calls to the <B CLASS="COMMAND" >getgrent()</B > system call will not return any data. </P ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >Warning:</I -></SPAN > Turning off group enumeration may cause some programs to behave oddly. </P @@ -17918,16 +19131,14 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="WINBINDGID" ></A ->>winbind gid (G)</DT +>winbind gid (G)</DT ><DD ><P >The winbind gid parameter specifies the range of group - ids that are allocated by the <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->winbindd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN + ids that are allocated by the <A +HREF="winbindd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +> winbindd(8)</A > daemon. This range of group ids should have no existing local or NIS groups within it as strange conflicts can occur otherwise.</P @@ -17947,17 +19158,21 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="WINBINDSEPARATOR" ></A ->>winbind separator (G)</DT +>winbind separator (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter allows an admin to define the character - used when listing a username of the form of <VAR + used when listing a username of the form of <TT CLASS="REPLACEABLE" +><I >DOMAIN - </VAR ->\<VAR + </I +></TT +>\<TT CLASS="REPLACEABLE" ->user</VAR +><I +>user</I +></TT >. This parameter is only applicable when using the <TT CLASS="FILENAME" @@ -17987,16 +19202,14 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="WINBINDUID" ></A ->>winbind uid (G)</DT +>winbind uid (G)</DT ><DD ><P >The winbind gid parameter specifies the range of group - ids that are allocated by the <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->winbindd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN + ids that are allocated by the <A +HREF="winbindd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +> winbindd(8)</A > daemon. This range of ids should have no existing local or NIS users within it as strange conflicts can occur otherwise.</P @@ -18013,20 +19226,18 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ></P ></DD ><DT -><A +>winbind use default domain, <A NAME="WINBINDUSEDEFAULTDOMAIN" ></A ->>winbind use default domain (G)</DT +>winbind use default domain (G)</DT ><DD ><P ->This parameter specifies whether the <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->winbindd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN -> daemon should operate on users - without domain component in their username. +>This parameter specifies whether the <A +HREF="winbindd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +> winbindd(8)</A +> + daemon should operate on users without domain component in their username. Users without a domain component are treated as is part of the winbindd server's own domain. While this does not benifit Windows users, it makes SSH, FTP and e-mail function in a way much closer to the way they would in a native unix system.</P @@ -18046,7 +19257,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="WINSHOOK" ></A ->>wins hook (G)</DT +>wins hook (G)</DT ><DD ><P >When Samba is running as a WINS server this @@ -18111,7 +19322,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="WINSPROXY" ></A ->>wins proxy (G)</DT +>wins proxy (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This is a boolean that controls if <A @@ -18120,9 +19331,9 @@ TARGET="_top" >nmbd(8)</A > will respond to broadcast name queries on behalf of other hosts. You may need to set this - to <CODE + to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</CODE +>yes</TT > for some older clients.</P ><P >Default: <B @@ -18134,116 +19345,70 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="WINSSERVER" ></A ->>wins server (G)</DT +>wins server (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This specifies the IP address (or DNS name: IP - address for preference) of the WINS server that <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->nmbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN + address for preference) of the WINS server that <A +HREF="nmbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +> nmbd(8)</A > should register with. If you have a WINS server on your network then you should set this to the WINS server's IP.</P ><P >You should point this at your WINS server if you have a multi-subnetted network.</P ><P ->If you want to work in multiple namespaces, you can - give every wins server a 'tag'. For each tag, only one - (working) server will be queried for a name. The tag should be - seperated from the ip address by a colon. - </P -><DIV -CLASS="NOTE" -><P -></P -><TABLE -CLASS="NOTE" -WIDTH="90%" -BORDER="0" -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="25" -ALIGN="CENTER" -VALIGN="TOP" -><IMG -SRC="/usr/share/sgml/docbook/stylesheet/dsssl/modular/images/note.gif" -HSPACE="5" -ALT="Note"></TD -><TD -ALIGN="LEFT" -VALIGN="TOP" -><P ->You need to set up Samba to point +><I +CLASS="EMPHASIS" +>NOTE</I +>. You need to set up Samba to point to a WINS server if you have multiple subnets and wish cross-subnet browsing to work correctly.</P -></TD -></TR -></TABLE -></DIV ><P ->See the documentation file <A -HREF="improved-browsing.html" -TARGET="_top" ->Browsing</A -> in the samba howto collection.</P +>See the documentation file <TT +CLASS="FILENAME" +>BROWSING.txt</TT +> + in the docs/ directory of your Samba source distribution.</P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >not enabled</I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Example: <B CLASS="COMMAND" ->wins server = mary:192.9.200.1 fred:192.168.3.199 mary:192.168.2.61</B -></P -><P ->For this example when querying a certain name, 192.19.200.1 will - be asked first and if that doesn't respond 192.168.2.61. If either - of those doesn't know the name 192.168.3.199 will be queried. - </P -><P ->Example: <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->wins server = 192.9.200.1 192.168.2.61</B +>wins server = 192.9.200.1</B ></P ></DD ><DT ><A NAME="WINSSUPPORT" ></A ->>wins support (G)</DT +>wins support (G)</DT ><DD ><P ->This boolean controls if the <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->nmbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN +>This boolean controls if the <A +HREF="nmbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +> + nmbd(8)</A > process in Samba will act as a WINS server. You should - not set this to <CODE + not set this to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</CODE +>yes</TT > unless you have a multi-subnetted network and you wish a particular <B CLASS="COMMAND" >nmbd</B > to be your WINS server. - Note that you should <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + Note that you should <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >NEVER</I -></SPAN -> set this to <CODE +> set this to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</CODE +>yes</TT > on more than one machine in your network.</P ><P @@ -18256,7 +19421,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="WORKGROUP" ></A ->>workgroup (G)</DT +>workgroup (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This controls what workgroup your server will @@ -18270,12 +19435,9 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" > setting.</P ><P ->Default: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>Default: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >set at compile time to WORKGROUP</I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Example: <B @@ -18287,14 +19449,16 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="WRITABLE" ></A ->>writable (S)</DT +>writable (S)</DT ><DD ><P >Synonym for <A HREF="#WRITEABLE" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> writeable</VAR +><I +> writeable</I +></TT ></A > for people who can't spell :-).</P ></DD @@ -18302,17 +19466,14 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><A NAME="WRITECACHESIZE" ></A ->>write cache size (S)</DT +>write cache size (S)</DT ><DD ><P >If this integer parameter is set to non-zero value, Samba will create an in-memory cache for each oplocked file - (it does <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + (it does <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >not</I -></SPAN > do this for non-oplocked files). All writes that the client does not request to be flushed directly to disk will be stored in this cache if possible. @@ -18346,16 +19507,18 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="WRITELIST" ></A ->>write list (S)</DT +>write list (S)</DT ><DD ><P >This is a list of users that are given read-write access to a service. If the connecting user is in this list then they will be given write access, no matter what the <A HREF="#READONLY" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ->read only</VAR +><I +>read only</I +></TT ></A > option is set to. The list can include group names using the @@ -18366,10 +19529,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P >See also the <A HREF="#READLIST" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I >read list - </VAR + </I +></TT ></A > option.</P ><P @@ -18389,7 +19554,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="WINSPARTNERS" ></A ->>wins partners (G)</DT +>wins partners (G)</DT ><DD ><P >A space separated list of partners' IP addresses for @@ -18413,14 +19578,16 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="WRITEOK" ></A ->>write ok (S)</DT +>write ok (S)</DT ><DD ><P >Inverted synonym for <A HREF="#READONLY" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> read only</VAR +><I +> read only</I +></TT ></A >.</P ></DD @@ -18428,7 +19595,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><A NAME="WRITERAW" ></A ->>write raw (G)</DT +>write raw (G)</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter controls whether or not the server @@ -18444,14 +19611,16 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><A NAME="WRITEABLE" ></A ->>writeable (S)</DT +>writeable (S)</DT ><DD ><P >Inverted synonym for <A HREF="#READONLY" -><VAR +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" -> read only</VAR +><I +> read only</I +></TT ></A >.</P ></DD @@ -18461,7 +19630,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN6291" +NAME="AEN6215" ></A ><H2 >WARNINGS</H2 @@ -18472,12 +19641,11 @@ NAME="AEN6291" problem - but be aware of the possibility.</P ><P >On a similar note, many clients - especially DOS clients - - limit service names to eight characters. <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN + limit service names to eight characters. <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +>smbd(8) + </A > has no such limitation, but attempts to connect from such clients will fail if they truncate the service names. For this reason you should probably keep your service names down to eight characters @@ -18492,81 +19660,97 @@ CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN6299" +NAME="AEN6221" ></A ><H2 >VERSION</H2 ><P ->This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</P +>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of + the Samba suite.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN6302" +NAME="AEN6224" ></A ><H2 >SEE ALSO</H2 ><P -> <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->samba</SPAN ->(7)</SPAN ->, <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbpasswd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN ->, <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->swat</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN ->, <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN ->, <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->nmbd</SPAN ->(8)</SPAN ->, <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->smbclient</SPAN ->(1)</SPAN ->, <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->nmblookup</SPAN ->(1)</SPAN ->, <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->testparm</SPAN ->(1)</SPAN ->, <SPAN -CLASS="CITEREFENTRY" -><SPAN -CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE" ->testprns</SPAN ->(1)</SPAN ->.</P +><A +HREF="samba.7.html" +TARGET="_top" +>samba(7)</A +>, + <A +HREF="smbpasswd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +><B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>smbpasswd(8)</B +></A +>, + <A +HREF="swat.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +><B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>swat(8)</B +></A +>, + <A +HREF="smbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +><B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>smbd(8)</B +></A +>, + <A +HREF="nmbd.8.html" +TARGET="_top" +><B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>nmbd(8)</B +></A +>, + <A +HREF="smbclient.1.html" +TARGET="_top" +><B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>smbclient(1)</B +></A +>, + <A +HREF="nmblookup.1.html" +TARGET="_top" +><B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>nmblookup(1)</B +></A +>, + <A +HREF="testparm.1.html" +TARGET="_top" +><B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>testparm(1)</B +></A +>, + <A +HREF="testprns.1.html" +TARGET="_top" +><B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>testprns(1)</B +></A +> + </P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN6332" +NAME="AEN6244" ></A ><H2 >AUTHOR</H2 @@ -18578,14 +19762,14 @@ NAME="AEN6332" ><P >The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer. The man page sources were converted to YODL format (another - excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <A + excellent piece of Open Source software, available at + <A HREF="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/" TARGET="_top" > ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/</A >) and updated for the Samba 2.0 release by Jeremy Allison. The conversion to DocBook for - Samba 2.2 was done by Gerald Carter. The conversion to DocBook XML 4.2 - for Samba 3.0 was done by Alexander Bokovoy.</P + Samba 2.2 was done by Gerald Carter</P ></DIV ></BODY ></HTML |